File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp |
Warning: | line 1154, column 30 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaDeclObjC.cpp - Semantic Analysis for ObjC Declarations -------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for Objective C declarations. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | |||||
13 | #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | ||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||
22 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||
23 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||
27 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" | ||||
28 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||
29 | |||||
30 | using namespace clang; | ||||
31 | |||||
32 | /// Check whether the given method, which must be in the 'init' | ||||
33 | /// family, is a valid member of that family. | ||||
34 | /// | ||||
35 | /// \param receiverTypeIfCall - if null, check this as if declaring it; | ||||
36 | /// if non-null, check this as if making a call to it with the given | ||||
37 | /// receiver type | ||||
38 | /// | ||||
39 | /// \return true to indicate that there was an error and appropriate | ||||
40 | /// actions were taken | ||||
41 | bool Sema::checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, | ||||
42 | QualType receiverTypeIfCall) { | ||||
43 | if (method->isInvalidDecl()) return true; | ||||
44 | |||||
45 | // This castAs is safe: methods that don't return an object | ||||
46 | // pointer won't be inferred as inits and will reject an explicit | ||||
47 | // objc_method_family(init). | ||||
48 | |||||
49 | // We ignore protocols here. Should we? What about Class? | ||||
50 | |||||
51 | const ObjCObjectType *result = | ||||
52 | method->getReturnType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getObjectType(); | ||||
53 | |||||
54 | if (result->isObjCId()) { | ||||
55 | return false; | ||||
56 | } else if (result->isObjCClass()) { | ||||
57 | // fall through: always an error | ||||
58 | } else { | ||||
59 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *resultClass = result->getInterface(); | ||||
60 | assert(resultClass && "unexpected object type!")((resultClass && "unexpected object type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("resultClass && \"unexpected object type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 60, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
61 | |||||
62 | // It's okay for the result type to still be a forward declaration | ||||
63 | // if we're checking an interface declaration. | ||||
64 | if (!resultClass->hasDefinition()) { | ||||
65 | if (receiverTypeIfCall.isNull() && | ||||
66 | !isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(method->getDeclContext())) | ||||
67 | return false; | ||||
68 | |||||
69 | // Otherwise, we try to compare class types. | ||||
70 | } else { | ||||
71 | // If this method was declared in a protocol, we can't check | ||||
72 | // anything unless we have a receiver type that's an interface. | ||||
73 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *receiverClass = nullptr; | ||||
74 | if (isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(method->getDeclContext())) { | ||||
75 | if (receiverTypeIfCall.isNull()) | ||||
76 | return false; | ||||
77 | |||||
78 | receiverClass = receiverTypeIfCall->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||
79 | ->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
80 | |||||
81 | // This can be null for calls to e.g. id<Foo>. | ||||
82 | if (!receiverClass) return false; | ||||
83 | } else { | ||||
84 | receiverClass = method->getClassInterface(); | ||||
85 | assert(receiverClass && "method not associated with a class!")((receiverClass && "method not associated with a class!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("receiverClass && \"method not associated with a class!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 85, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
86 | } | ||||
87 | |||||
88 | // If either class is a subclass of the other, it's fine. | ||||
89 | if (receiverClass->isSuperClassOf(resultClass) || | ||||
90 | resultClass->isSuperClassOf(receiverClass)) | ||||
91 | return false; | ||||
92 | } | ||||
93 | } | ||||
94 | |||||
95 | SourceLocation loc = method->getLocation(); | ||||
96 | |||||
97 | // If we're in a system header, and this is not a call, just make | ||||
98 | // the method unusable. | ||||
99 | if (receiverTypeIfCall.isNull() && getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { | ||||
100 | method->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", | ||||
101 | UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCInitReturnsUnrelated, loc)); | ||||
102 | return true; | ||||
103 | } | ||||
104 | |||||
105 | // Otherwise, it's an error. | ||||
106 | Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_init_method_unrelated_result_type); | ||||
107 | method->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
108 | return true; | ||||
109 | } | ||||
110 | |||||
111 | /// Issue a warning if the parameter of the overridden method is non-escaping | ||||
112 | /// but the parameter of the overriding method is not. | ||||
113 | static bool diagnoseNoescape(const ParmVarDecl *NewD, const ParmVarDecl *OldD, | ||||
114 | Sema &S) { | ||||
115 | if (OldD->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>() && !NewD->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>()) { | ||||
116 | S.Diag(NewD->getLocation(), diag::warn_overriding_method_missing_noescape); | ||||
117 | S.Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_marked_noescape); | ||||
118 | return false; | ||||
119 | } | ||||
120 | |||||
121 | return true; | ||||
122 | } | ||||
123 | |||||
124 | /// Produce additional diagnostics if a category conforms to a protocol that | ||||
125 | /// defines a method taking a non-escaping parameter. | ||||
126 | static void diagnoseNoescape(const ParmVarDecl *NewD, const ParmVarDecl *OldD, | ||||
127 | const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD, | ||||
128 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD, Sema &S) { | ||||
129 | if (!diagnoseNoescape(NewD, OldD, S)) | ||||
130 | S.Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::note_cat_conform_to_noescape_prot) | ||||
131 | << CD->IsClassExtension() << PD | ||||
132 | << cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(NewD->getDeclContext()); | ||||
133 | } | ||||
134 | |||||
135 | void Sema::CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, | ||||
136 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden) { | ||||
137 | if (Overridden->hasRelatedResultType() && | ||||
138 | !NewMethod->hasRelatedResultType()) { | ||||
139 | // This can only happen when the method follows a naming convention that | ||||
140 | // implies a related result type, and the original (overridden) method has | ||||
141 | // a suitable return type, but the new (overriding) method does not have | ||||
142 | // a suitable return type. | ||||
143 | QualType ResultType = NewMethod->getReturnType(); | ||||
144 | SourceRange ResultTypeRange = NewMethod->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
145 | |||||
146 | // Figure out which class this method is part of, if any. | ||||
147 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass | ||||
148 | = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(NewMethod->getDeclContext()); | ||||
149 | if (!CurrentClass) { | ||||
150 | DeclContext *DC = NewMethod->getDeclContext(); | ||||
151 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) | ||||
152 | CurrentClass = Cat->getClassInterface(); | ||||
153 | else if (ObjCImplDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) | ||||
154 | CurrentClass = Impl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
155 | else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl | ||||
156 | = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(DC)) | ||||
157 | CurrentClass = CatImpl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
158 | } | ||||
159 | |||||
160 | if (CurrentClass) { | ||||
161 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), | ||||
162 | diag::warn_related_result_type_compatibility_class) | ||||
163 | << Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CurrentClass) | ||||
164 | << ResultType | ||||
165 | << ResultTypeRange; | ||||
166 | } else { | ||||
167 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), | ||||
168 | diag::warn_related_result_type_compatibility_protocol) | ||||
169 | << ResultType | ||||
170 | << ResultTypeRange; | ||||
171 | } | ||||
172 | |||||
173 | if (ObjCMethodFamily Family = Overridden->getMethodFamily()) | ||||
174 | Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), | ||||
175 | diag::note_related_result_type_family) | ||||
176 | << /*overridden method*/ 0 | ||||
177 | << Family; | ||||
178 | else | ||||
179 | Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), | ||||
180 | diag::note_related_result_type_overridden); | ||||
181 | } | ||||
182 | |||||
183 | if ((NewMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() != | ||||
184 | Overridden->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>())) { | ||||
185 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), | ||||
186 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | ||||
187 | ? diag::err_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch | ||||
188 | : diag::warn_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch) | ||||
189 | << 1; | ||||
190 | Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << "method"; | ||||
191 | } | ||||
192 | if ((NewMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() != | ||||
193 | Overridden->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>())) { | ||||
194 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), | ||||
195 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | ||||
196 | ? diag::err_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch | ||||
197 | : diag::warn_nsreturns_retained_attribute_mismatch) | ||||
198 | << 0; | ||||
199 | Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << "method"; | ||||
200 | } | ||||
201 | |||||
202 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = Overridden->param_begin(), | ||||
203 | oe = Overridden->param_end(); | ||||
204 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator ni = NewMethod->param_begin(), | ||||
205 | ne = NewMethod->param_end(); | ||||
206 | ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) { | ||||
207 | const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl = (*oi); | ||||
208 | ParmVarDecl *newDecl = (*ni); | ||||
209 | if (newDecl->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>() != | ||||
210 | oldDecl->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) { | ||||
211 | Diag(newDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
212 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | ||||
213 | ? diag::err_nsconsumed_attribute_mismatch | ||||
214 | : diag::warn_nsconsumed_attribute_mismatch); | ||||
215 | Diag(oldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << "parameter"; | ||||
216 | } | ||||
217 | |||||
218 | diagnoseNoescape(newDecl, oldDecl, *this); | ||||
219 | } | ||||
220 | } | ||||
221 | |||||
222 | /// Check a method declaration for compatibility with the Objective-C | ||||
223 | /// ARC conventions. | ||||
224 | bool Sema::CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method) { | ||||
225 | ObjCMethodFamily family = method->getMethodFamily(); | ||||
226 | switch (family) { | ||||
227 | case OMF_None: | ||||
228 | case OMF_finalize: | ||||
229 | case OMF_retain: | ||||
230 | case OMF_release: | ||||
231 | case OMF_autorelease: | ||||
232 | case OMF_retainCount: | ||||
233 | case OMF_self: | ||||
234 | case OMF_initialize: | ||||
235 | case OMF_performSelector: | ||||
236 | return false; | ||||
237 | |||||
238 | case OMF_dealloc: | ||||
239 | if (!Context.hasSameType(method->getReturnType(), Context.VoidTy)) { | ||||
240 | SourceRange ResultTypeRange = method->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
241 | if (ResultTypeRange.isInvalid()) | ||||
242 | Diag(method->getLocation(), diag::err_dealloc_bad_result_type) | ||||
243 | << method->getReturnType() | ||||
244 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(method->getSelectorLoc(0), "(void)"); | ||||
245 | else | ||||
246 | Diag(method->getLocation(), diag::err_dealloc_bad_result_type) | ||||
247 | << method->getReturnType() | ||||
248 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultTypeRange, "void"); | ||||
249 | return true; | ||||
250 | } | ||||
251 | return false; | ||||
252 | |||||
253 | case OMF_init: | ||||
254 | // If the method doesn't obey the init rules, don't bother annotating it. | ||||
255 | if (checkInitMethod(method, QualType())) | ||||
256 | return true; | ||||
257 | |||||
258 | method->addAttr(NSConsumesSelfAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | ||||
259 | |||||
260 | // Don't add a second copy of this attribute, but otherwise don't | ||||
261 | // let it be suppressed. | ||||
262 | if (method->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()) | ||||
263 | return false; | ||||
264 | break; | ||||
265 | |||||
266 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||
267 | case OMF_copy: | ||||
268 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||
269 | case OMF_new: | ||||
270 | if (method->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() || | ||||
271 | method->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>() || | ||||
272 | method->hasAttr<NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr>()) | ||||
273 | return false; | ||||
274 | break; | ||||
275 | } | ||||
276 | |||||
277 | method->addAttr(NSReturnsRetainedAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | ||||
278 | return false; | ||||
279 | } | ||||
280 | |||||
281 | static void DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
282 | SourceLocation ImplLoc) { | ||||
283 | if (!ND) | ||||
284 | return; | ||||
285 | bool IsCategory = false; | ||||
286 | StringRef RealizedPlatform; | ||||
287 | AvailabilityResult Availability = ND->getAvailability( | ||||
288 | /*Message=*/nullptr, /*EnclosingVersion=*/VersionTuple(), | ||||
289 | &RealizedPlatform); | ||||
290 | if (Availability != AR_Deprecated) { | ||||
291 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
292 | if (Availability != AR_Unavailable) | ||||
293 | return; | ||||
294 | if (RealizedPlatform.empty()) | ||||
295 | RealizedPlatform = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName(); | ||||
296 | // Warn about implementing unavailable methods, unless the unavailable | ||||
297 | // is for an app extension. | ||||
298 | if (RealizedPlatform.endswith("_app_extension")) | ||||
299 | return; | ||||
300 | S.Diag(ImplLoc, diag::warn_unavailable_def); | ||||
301 | S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||
302 | << ND->getDeclName(); | ||||
303 | return; | ||||
304 | } | ||||
305 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
306 | if (!CD->getClassInterface()->isDeprecated()) | ||||
307 | return; | ||||
308 | ND = CD->getClassInterface(); | ||||
309 | IsCategory = true; | ||||
310 | } else | ||||
311 | return; | ||||
312 | } | ||||
313 | S.Diag(ImplLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_def) | ||||
314 | << (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND) | ||||
315 | ? /*Method*/ 0 | ||||
316 | : isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND) || IsCategory ? /*Category*/ 2 | ||||
317 | : /*Class*/ 1); | ||||
318 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) | ||||
319 | S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||
320 | << ND->getDeclName(); | ||||
321 | else | ||||
322 | S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
323 | << (isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND) ? "category" : "class"); | ||||
324 | } | ||||
325 | |||||
326 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global | ||||
327 | /// pool. | ||||
328 | void Sema::AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D) { | ||||
329 | ObjCMethodDecl *MDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||
330 | |||||
331 | // If we don't have a valid method decl, simply return. | ||||
332 | if (!MDecl) | ||||
333 | return; | ||||
334 | if (MDecl->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||
335 | AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(MDecl, true); | ||||
336 | else | ||||
337 | AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(MDecl, true); | ||||
338 | } | ||||
339 | |||||
340 | /// HasExplicitOwnershipAttr - returns true when pointer to ObjC pointer | ||||
341 | /// has explicit ownership attribute; false otherwise. | ||||
342 | static bool | ||||
343 | HasExplicitOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *Param) { | ||||
344 | QualType T = Param->getType(); | ||||
345 | |||||
346 | if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
347 | T = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
348 | } else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
349 | T = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
350 | } else { | ||||
351 | return true; | ||||
352 | } | ||||
353 | |||||
354 | // If we have a lifetime qualifier, but it's local, we must have | ||||
355 | // inferred it. So, it is implicit. | ||||
356 | return !T.getLocalQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime(); | ||||
357 | } | ||||
358 | |||||
359 | /// ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef - This routine sets up parameters; invisible | ||||
360 | /// and user declared, in the method definition's AST. | ||||
361 | void Sema::ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { | ||||
362 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.clear(); | ||||
363 | assert((getCurMethodDecl() == nullptr) && "Methodparsing confused")(((getCurMethodDecl() == nullptr) && "Methodparsing confused" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getCurMethodDecl() == nullptr) && \"Methodparsing confused\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
364 | ObjCMethodDecl *MDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||
365 | |||||
366 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); | ||||
367 | |||||
368 | // If we don't have a valid method decl, simply return. | ||||
369 | if (!MDecl) | ||||
370 | return; | ||||
371 | |||||
372 | QualType ResultType = MDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
373 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && | ||||
374 | !MDecl->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||
375 | RequireCompleteType(MDecl->getLocation(), ResultType, | ||||
376 | diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) | ||||
377 | MDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
378 | |||||
379 | // Allow all of Sema to see that we are entering a method definition. | ||||
380 | PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, MDecl); | ||||
381 | PushFunctionScope(); | ||||
382 | |||||
383 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, entrring them in the scope for | ||||
384 | // binding to their use. | ||||
385 | |||||
386 | // Insert the invisible arguments, self and _cmd! | ||||
387 | MDecl->createImplicitParams(Context, MDecl->getClassInterface()); | ||||
388 | |||||
389 | PushOnScopeChains(MDecl->getSelfDecl(), FnBodyScope); | ||||
390 | PushOnScopeChains(MDecl->getCmdDecl(), FnBodyScope); | ||||
391 | |||||
392 | // The ObjC parser requires parameter names so there's no need to check. | ||||
393 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(MDecl->parameters(), | ||||
394 | /*CheckParameterNames=*/false); | ||||
395 | |||||
396 | // Introduce all of the other parameters into this scope. | ||||
397 | for (auto *Param : MDecl->parameters()) { | ||||
398 | if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||
399 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
400 | !HasExplicitOwnershipAttr(*this, Param)) | ||||
401 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::warn_arc_strong_pointer_objc_pointer) << | ||||
402 | Param->getType(); | ||||
403 | |||||
404 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) | ||||
405 | PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); | ||||
406 | } | ||||
407 | |||||
408 | // In ARC, disallow definition of retain/release/autorelease/retainCount | ||||
409 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
410 | switch (MDecl->getMethodFamily()) { | ||||
411 | case OMF_retain: | ||||
412 | case OMF_retainCount: | ||||
413 | case OMF_release: | ||||
414 | case OMF_autorelease: | ||||
415 | Diag(MDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_illegal_method_def) | ||||
416 | << 0 << MDecl->getSelector(); | ||||
417 | break; | ||||
418 | |||||
419 | case OMF_None: | ||||
420 | case OMF_dealloc: | ||||
421 | case OMF_finalize: | ||||
422 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||
423 | case OMF_init: | ||||
424 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||
425 | case OMF_copy: | ||||
426 | case OMF_new: | ||||
427 | case OMF_self: | ||||
428 | case OMF_initialize: | ||||
429 | case OMF_performSelector: | ||||
430 | break; | ||||
431 | } | ||||
432 | } | ||||
433 | |||||
434 | // Warn on deprecated methods under -Wdeprecated-implementations, | ||||
435 | // and prepare for warning on missing super calls. | ||||
436 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = MDecl->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
437 | ObjCMethodDecl *IMD = | ||||
438 | IC->lookupMethod(MDecl->getSelector(), MDecl->isInstanceMethod()); | ||||
439 | |||||
440 | if (IMD) { | ||||
441 | ObjCImplDecl *ImplDeclOfMethodDef = | ||||
442 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(MDecl->getDeclContext()); | ||||
443 | ObjCContainerDecl *ContDeclOfMethodDecl = | ||||
444 | dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IMD->getDeclContext()); | ||||
445 | ObjCImplDecl *ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = nullptr; | ||||
446 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ContDeclOfMethodDecl)) | ||||
447 | ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = OID->getImplementation(); | ||||
448 | else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ContDeclOfMethodDecl)) { | ||||
449 | if (CD->IsClassExtension()) { | ||||
450 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = CD->getClassInterface()) | ||||
451 | ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = OID->getImplementation(); | ||||
452 | } else | ||||
453 | ImplDeclOfMethodDecl = CD->getImplementation(); | ||||
454 | } | ||||
455 | // No need to issue deprecated warning if deprecated mehod in class/category | ||||
456 | // is being implemented in its own implementation (no overriding is involved). | ||||
457 | if (!ImplDeclOfMethodDecl || ImplDeclOfMethodDecl != ImplDeclOfMethodDef) | ||||
458 | DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(*this, IMD, MDecl->getLocation()); | ||||
459 | } | ||||
460 | |||||
461 | if (MDecl->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) { | ||||
462 | if (MDecl->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface()) { | ||||
463 | getCurFunction()->ObjCIsDesignatedInit = true; | ||||
464 | getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = | ||||
465 | IC->getSuperClass() != nullptr; | ||||
466 | } else if (IC->hasDesignatedInitializers()) { | ||||
467 | getCurFunction()->ObjCIsSecondaryInit = true; | ||||
468 | getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = true; | ||||
469 | } | ||||
470 | } | ||||
471 | |||||
472 | // If this is "dealloc" or "finalize", set some bit here. | ||||
473 | // Then in ActOnSuperMessage() (SemaExprObjC), set it back to false. | ||||
474 | // Finally, in ActOnFinishFunctionBody() (SemaDecl), warn if flag is set. | ||||
475 | // Only do this if the current class actually has a superclass. | ||||
476 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = IC->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
477 | ObjCMethodFamily Family = MDecl->getMethodFamily(); | ||||
478 | if (Family == OMF_dealloc) { | ||||
479 | if (!(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||
480 | getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::GCOnly)) | ||||
481 | getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = true; | ||||
482 | |||||
483 | } else if (Family == OMF_finalize) { | ||||
484 | if (Context.getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) | ||||
485 | getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = true; | ||||
486 | |||||
487 | } else { | ||||
488 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = | ||||
489 | SuperClass->lookupMethod(MDecl->getSelector(), | ||||
490 | MDecl->isInstanceMethod()); | ||||
491 | getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = | ||||
492 | (SuperMethod && SuperMethod->hasAttr<ObjCRequiresSuperAttr>()); | ||||
493 | } | ||||
494 | } | ||||
495 | } | ||||
496 | } | ||||
497 | |||||
498 | namespace { | ||||
499 | |||||
500 | // Callback to only accept typo corrections that are Objective-C classes. | ||||
501 | // If an ObjCInterfaceDecl* is given to the constructor, then the validation | ||||
502 | // function will reject corrections to that class. | ||||
503 | class ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { | ||||
504 | public: | ||||
505 | ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC() : CurrentIDecl(nullptr) {} | ||||
506 | explicit ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) | ||||
507 | : CurrentIDecl(IDecl) {} | ||||
508 | |||||
509 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | ||||
510 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); | ||||
511 | return ID && !declaresSameEntity(ID, CurrentIDecl); | ||||
512 | } | ||||
513 | |||||
514 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { | ||||
515 | return std::make_unique<ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC>(*this); | ||||
516 | } | ||||
517 | |||||
518 | private: | ||||
519 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentIDecl; | ||||
520 | }; | ||||
521 | |||||
522 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
523 | |||||
524 | static void diagnoseUseOfProtocols(Sema &TheSema, | ||||
525 | ObjCContainerDecl *CD, | ||||
526 | ObjCProtocolDecl *const *ProtoRefs, | ||||
527 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, | ||||
528 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs) { | ||||
529 | assert(ProtoRefs)((ProtoRefs) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ProtoRefs" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 529, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
530 | // Diagnose availability in the context of the ObjC container. | ||||
531 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext(TheSema, CD); | ||||
532 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumProtoRefs; ++i) { | ||||
533 | (void)TheSema.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(ProtoRefs[i], ProtoLocs[i], | ||||
534 | /*UnknownObjCClass=*/nullptr, | ||||
535 | /*ObjCPropertyAccess=*/false, | ||||
536 | /*AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks=*/true); | ||||
537 | } | ||||
538 | } | ||||
539 | |||||
540 | void Sema:: | ||||
541 | ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, | ||||
542 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, | ||||
543 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, | ||||
544 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
545 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, | ||||
546 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, | ||||
547 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||
548 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, | ||||
549 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange) { | ||||
550 | // Check if a different kind of symbol declared in this scope. | ||||
551 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, SuperName, SuperLoc, | ||||
552 | LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
553 | |||||
554 | if (!PrevDecl) { | ||||
555 | // Try to correct for a typo in the superclass name without correcting | ||||
556 | // to the class we're defining. | ||||
557 | ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC CCC(IDecl); | ||||
558 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo( | ||||
559 | DeclarationNameInfo(SuperName, SuperLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
560 | TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { | ||||
561 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_undef_superclass_suggest) | ||||
562 | << SuperName << ClassName); | ||||
563 | PrevDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); | ||||
564 | } | ||||
565 | } | ||||
566 | |||||
567 | if (declaresSameEntity(PrevDecl, IDecl)) { | ||||
568 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_recursive_superclass) | ||||
569 | << SuperName << ClassName << SourceRange(AtInterfaceLoc, ClassLoc); | ||||
570 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(ClassLoc); | ||||
571 | } else { | ||||
572 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClassDecl = | ||||
573 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl); | ||||
574 | QualType SuperClassType; | ||||
575 | |||||
576 | // Diagnose classes that inherit from deprecated classes. | ||||
577 | if (SuperClassDecl) { | ||||
578 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(SuperClassDecl, SuperLoc); | ||||
579 | SuperClassType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(SuperClassDecl); | ||||
580 | } | ||||
581 | |||||
582 | if (PrevDecl && !SuperClassDecl) { | ||||
583 | // The previous declaration was not a class decl. Check if we have a | ||||
584 | // typedef. If we do, get the underlying class type. | ||||
585 | if (const TypedefNameDecl *TDecl = | ||||
586 | dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
587 | QualType T = TDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
588 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||
589 | if (NamedDecl *IDecl = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface()) { | ||||
590 | SuperClassDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); | ||||
591 | SuperClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(TDecl); | ||||
592 | |||||
593 | // This handles the following case: | ||||
594 | // @interface NewI @end | ||||
595 | // typedef NewI DeprI __attribute__((deprecated("blah"))) | ||||
596 | // @interface SI : DeprI /* warn here */ @end | ||||
597 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(TDecl), SuperLoc); | ||||
598 | } | ||||
599 | } | ||||
600 | } | ||||
601 | |||||
602 | // This handles the following case: | ||||
603 | // | ||||
604 | // typedef int SuperClass; | ||||
605 | // @interface MyClass : SuperClass {} @end | ||||
606 | // | ||||
607 | if (!SuperClassDecl) { | ||||
608 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << SuperName; | ||||
609 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
610 | } | ||||
611 | } | ||||
612 | |||||
613 | if (!dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
614 | if (!SuperClassDecl) | ||||
615 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_undef_superclass) | ||||
616 | << SuperName << ClassName << SourceRange(AtInterfaceLoc, ClassLoc); | ||||
617 | else if (RequireCompleteType(SuperLoc, | ||||
618 | SuperClassType, | ||||
619 | diag::err_forward_superclass, | ||||
620 | SuperClassDecl->getDeclName(), | ||||
621 | ClassName, | ||||
622 | SourceRange(AtInterfaceLoc, ClassLoc))) { | ||||
623 | SuperClassDecl = nullptr; | ||||
624 | SuperClassType = QualType(); | ||||
625 | } | ||||
626 | } | ||||
627 | |||||
628 | if (SuperClassType.isNull()) { | ||||
629 | assert(!SuperClassDecl && "Failed to set SuperClassType?")((!SuperClassDecl && "Failed to set SuperClassType?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!SuperClassDecl && \"Failed to set SuperClassType?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 629, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
630 | return; | ||||
631 | } | ||||
632 | |||||
633 | // Handle type arguments on the superclass. | ||||
634 | TypeSourceInfo *SuperClassTInfo = nullptr; | ||||
635 | if (!SuperTypeArgs.empty()) { | ||||
636 | TypeResult fullSuperClassType = actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( | ||||
637 | S, | ||||
638 | SuperLoc, | ||||
639 | CreateParsedType(SuperClassType, | ||||
640 | nullptr), | ||||
641 | SuperTypeArgsRange.getBegin(), | ||||
642 | SuperTypeArgs, | ||||
643 | SuperTypeArgsRange.getEnd(), | ||||
644 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
645 | { }, | ||||
646 | { }, | ||||
647 | SourceLocation()); | ||||
648 | if (!fullSuperClassType.isUsable()) | ||||
649 | return; | ||||
650 | |||||
651 | SuperClassType = GetTypeFromParser(fullSuperClassType.get(), | ||||
652 | &SuperClassTInfo); | ||||
653 | } | ||||
654 | |||||
655 | if (!SuperClassTInfo) { | ||||
656 | SuperClassTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SuperClassType, | ||||
657 | SuperLoc); | ||||
658 | } | ||||
659 | |||||
660 | IDecl->setSuperClass(SuperClassTInfo); | ||||
661 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(SuperClassTInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); | ||||
662 | } | ||||
663 | } | ||||
664 | |||||
665 | DeclResult Sema::actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, | ||||
666 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, | ||||
667 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, | ||||
668 | unsigned index, | ||||
669 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, | ||||
670 | SourceLocation paramLoc, | ||||
671 | SourceLocation colonLoc, | ||||
672 | ParsedType parsedTypeBound) { | ||||
673 | // If there was an explicitly-provided type bound, check it. | ||||
674 | TypeSourceInfo *typeBoundInfo = nullptr; | ||||
675 | if (parsedTypeBound) { | ||||
676 | // The type bound can be any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
677 | QualType typeBound = GetTypeFromParser(parsedTypeBound, &typeBoundInfo); | ||||
678 | if (typeBound->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
679 | // okay | ||||
680 | } else if (typeBound->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||
681 | // The user forgot the * on an Objective-C pointer type, e.g., | ||||
682 | // "T : NSView". | ||||
683 | SourceLocation starLoc = getLocForEndOfToken( | ||||
684 | typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); | ||||
685 | Diag(typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
686 | diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_missing_pointer) | ||||
687 | << typeBound << paramName | ||||
688 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(starLoc, " *"); | ||||
689 | |||||
690 | // Create a new type location builder so we can update the type | ||||
691 | // location information we have. | ||||
692 | TypeLocBuilder builder; | ||||
693 | builder.pushFullCopy(typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||
694 | |||||
695 | // Create the Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
696 | typeBound = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(typeBound); | ||||
697 | ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc newT | ||||
698 | = builder.push<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>(typeBound); | ||||
699 | newT.setStarLoc(starLoc); | ||||
700 | |||||
701 | // Form the new type source information. | ||||
702 | typeBoundInfo = builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, typeBound); | ||||
703 | } else { | ||||
704 | // Not a valid type bound. | ||||
705 | Diag(typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
706 | diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_nonobject) | ||||
707 | << typeBound << paramName; | ||||
708 | |||||
709 | // Forget the bound; we'll default to id later. | ||||
710 | typeBoundInfo = nullptr; | ||||
711 | } | ||||
712 | |||||
713 | // Type bounds cannot have qualifiers (even indirectly) or explicit | ||||
714 | // nullability. | ||||
715 | if (typeBoundInfo) { | ||||
716 | QualType typeBound = typeBoundInfo->getType(); | ||||
717 | TypeLoc qual = typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().findExplicitQualifierLoc(); | ||||
718 | if (qual || typeBound.hasQualifiers()) { | ||||
719 | bool diagnosed = false; | ||||
720 | SourceRange rangeToRemove; | ||||
721 | if (qual) { | ||||
722 | if (auto attr = qual.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||
723 | rangeToRemove = attr.getLocalSourceRange(); | ||||
724 | if (attr.getTypePtr()->getImmediateNullability()) { | ||||
725 | Diag(attr.getBeginLoc(), | ||||
726 | diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_explicit_nullability) | ||||
727 | << paramName << typeBound | ||||
728 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove); | ||||
729 | diagnosed = true; | ||||
730 | } | ||||
731 | } | ||||
732 | } | ||||
733 | |||||
734 | if (!diagnosed) { | ||||
735 | Diag(qual ? qual.getBeginLoc() | ||||
736 | : typeBoundInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
737 | diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_qualified) | ||||
738 | << paramName << typeBound | ||||
739 | << typeBound.getQualifiers().getAsString() | ||||
740 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove); | ||||
741 | } | ||||
742 | |||||
743 | // If the type bound has qualifiers other than CVR, we need to strip | ||||
744 | // them or we'll probably assert later when trying to apply new | ||||
745 | // qualifiers. | ||||
746 | Qualifiers quals = typeBound.getQualifiers(); | ||||
747 | quals.removeCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
748 | if (!quals.empty()) { | ||||
749 | typeBoundInfo = | ||||
750 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(typeBound.getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
751 | } | ||||
752 | } | ||||
753 | } | ||||
754 | } | ||||
755 | |||||
756 | // If there was no explicit type bound (or we removed it due to an error), | ||||
757 | // use 'id' instead. | ||||
758 | if (!typeBoundInfo) { | ||||
759 | colonLoc = SourceLocation(); | ||||
760 | typeBoundInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.getObjCIdType()); | ||||
761 | } | ||||
762 | |||||
763 | // Create the type parameter. | ||||
764 | return ObjCTypeParamDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, variance, varianceLoc, | ||||
765 | index, paramLoc, paramName, colonLoc, | ||||
766 | typeBoundInfo); | ||||
767 | } | ||||
768 | |||||
769 | ObjCTypeParamList *Sema::actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, | ||||
770 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, | ||||
771 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParamsIn, | ||||
772 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc) { | ||||
773 | // We know that the array only contains Objective-C type parameters. | ||||
774 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamDecl *> | ||||
775 | typeParams( | ||||
776 | reinterpret_cast<ObjCTypeParamDecl * const *>(typeParamsIn.data()), | ||||
777 | typeParamsIn.size()); | ||||
778 | |||||
779 | // Diagnose redeclarations of type parameters. | ||||
780 | // We do this now because Objective-C type parameters aren't pushed into | ||||
781 | // scope until later (after the instance variable block), but we want the | ||||
782 | // diagnostics to occur right after we parse the type parameter list. | ||||
783 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCTypeParamDecl *> knownParams; | ||||
784 | for (auto typeParam : typeParams) { | ||||
785 | auto known = knownParams.find(typeParam->getIdentifier()); | ||||
786 | if (known != knownParams.end()) { | ||||
787 | Diag(typeParam->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_type_param_redecl) | ||||
788 | << typeParam->getIdentifier() | ||||
789 | << SourceRange(known->second->getLocation()); | ||||
790 | |||||
791 | typeParam->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
792 | } else { | ||||
793 | knownParams.insert(std::make_pair(typeParam->getIdentifier(), typeParam)); | ||||
794 | |||||
795 | // Push the type parameter into scope. | ||||
796 | PushOnScopeChains(typeParam, S, /*AddToContext=*/false); | ||||
797 | } | ||||
798 | } | ||||
799 | |||||
800 | // Create the parameter list. | ||||
801 | return ObjCTypeParamList::create(Context, lAngleLoc, typeParams, rAngleLoc); | ||||
802 | } | ||||
803 | |||||
804 | void Sema::popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList) { | ||||
805 | for (auto typeParam : *typeParamList) { | ||||
806 | if (!typeParam->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||
807 | S->RemoveDecl(typeParam); | ||||
808 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(typeParam); | ||||
809 | } | ||||
810 | } | ||||
811 | } | ||||
812 | |||||
813 | namespace { | ||||
814 | /// The context in which an Objective-C type parameter list occurs, for use | ||||
815 | /// in diagnostics. | ||||
816 | enum class TypeParamListContext { | ||||
817 | ForwardDeclaration, | ||||
818 | Definition, | ||||
819 | Category, | ||||
820 | Extension | ||||
821 | }; | ||||
822 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
823 | |||||
824 | /// Check consistency between two Objective-C type parameter lists, e.g., | ||||
825 | /// between a category/extension and an \@interface or between an \@class and an | ||||
826 | /// \@interface. | ||||
827 | static bool checkTypeParamListConsistency(Sema &S, | ||||
828 | ObjCTypeParamList *prevTypeParams, | ||||
829 | ObjCTypeParamList *newTypeParams, | ||||
830 | TypeParamListContext newContext) { | ||||
831 | // If the sizes don't match, complain about that. | ||||
832 | if (prevTypeParams->size() != newTypeParams->size()) { | ||||
833 | SourceLocation diagLoc; | ||||
834 | if (newTypeParams->size() > prevTypeParams->size()) { | ||||
835 | diagLoc = newTypeParams->begin()[prevTypeParams->size()]->getLocation(); | ||||
836 | } else { | ||||
837 | diagLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(newTypeParams->back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
838 | } | ||||
839 | |||||
840 | S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_objc_type_param_arity_mismatch) | ||||
841 | << static_cast<unsigned>(newContext) | ||||
842 | << (newTypeParams->size() > prevTypeParams->size()) | ||||
843 | << prevTypeParams->size() | ||||
844 | << newTypeParams->size(); | ||||
845 | |||||
846 | return true; | ||||
847 | } | ||||
848 | |||||
849 | // Match up the type parameters. | ||||
850 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = prevTypeParams->size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
851 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *prevTypeParam = prevTypeParams->begin()[i]; | ||||
852 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *newTypeParam = newTypeParams->begin()[i]; | ||||
853 | |||||
854 | // Check for consistency of the variance. | ||||
855 | if (newTypeParam->getVariance() != prevTypeParam->getVariance()) { | ||||
856 | if (newTypeParam->getVariance() == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant && | ||||
857 | newContext != TypeParamListContext::Definition) { | ||||
858 | // When the new type parameter is invariant and is not part | ||||
859 | // of the definition, just propagate the variance. | ||||
860 | newTypeParam->setVariance(prevTypeParam->getVariance()); | ||||
861 | } else if (prevTypeParam->getVariance() | ||||
862 | == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant && | ||||
863 | !(isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(prevTypeParam->getDeclContext()) && | ||||
864 | cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(prevTypeParam->getDeclContext()) | ||||
865 | ->getDefinition() == prevTypeParam->getDeclContext())) { | ||||
866 | // When the old parameter is invariant and was not part of the | ||||
867 | // definition, just ignore the difference because it doesn't | ||||
868 | // matter. | ||||
869 | } else { | ||||
870 | { | ||||
871 | // Diagnose the conflict and update the second declaration. | ||||
872 | SourceLocation diagLoc = newTypeParam->getVarianceLoc(); | ||||
873 | if (diagLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
874 | diagLoc = newTypeParam->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
875 | |||||
876 | auto diag = S.Diag(diagLoc, | ||||
877 | diag::err_objc_type_param_variance_conflict) | ||||
878 | << static_cast<unsigned>(newTypeParam->getVariance()) | ||||
879 | << newTypeParam->getDeclName() | ||||
880 | << static_cast<unsigned>(prevTypeParam->getVariance()) | ||||
881 | << prevTypeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||
882 | switch (prevTypeParam->getVariance()) { | ||||
883 | case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant: | ||||
884 | diag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(newTypeParam->getVarianceLoc()); | ||||
885 | break; | ||||
886 | |||||
887 | case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant: | ||||
888 | case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant: { | ||||
889 | StringRef newVarianceStr | ||||
890 | = prevTypeParam->getVariance() == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant | ||||
891 | ? "__covariant" | ||||
892 | : "__contravariant"; | ||||
893 | if (newTypeParam->getVariance() | ||||
894 | == ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant) { | ||||
895 | diag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(newTypeParam->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
896 | (newVarianceStr + " ").str()); | ||||
897 | } else { | ||||
898 | diag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(newTypeParam->getVarianceLoc(), | ||||
899 | newVarianceStr); | ||||
900 | } | ||||
901 | } | ||||
902 | } | ||||
903 | } | ||||
904 | |||||
905 | S.Diag(prevTypeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here) | ||||
906 | << prevTypeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||
907 | |||||
908 | // Override the variance. | ||||
909 | newTypeParam->setVariance(prevTypeParam->getVariance()); | ||||
910 | } | ||||
911 | } | ||||
912 | |||||
913 | // If the bound types match, there's nothing to do. | ||||
914 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType(), | ||||
915 | newTypeParam->getUnderlyingType())) | ||||
916 | continue; | ||||
917 | |||||
918 | // If the new type parameter's bound was explicit, complain about it being | ||||
919 | // different from the original. | ||||
920 | if (newTypeParam->hasExplicitBound()) { | ||||
921 | SourceRange newBoundRange = newTypeParam->getTypeSourceInfo() | ||||
922 | ->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||
923 | S.Diag(newBoundRange.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_conflict) | ||||
924 | << newTypeParam->getUnderlyingType() | ||||
925 | << newTypeParam->getDeclName() | ||||
926 | << prevTypeParam->hasExplicitBound() | ||||
927 | << prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType() | ||||
928 | << (newTypeParam->getDeclName() == prevTypeParam->getDeclName()) | ||||
929 | << prevTypeParam->getDeclName() | ||||
930 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||
931 | newBoundRange, | ||||
932 | prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType().getAsString( | ||||
933 | S.Context.getPrintingPolicy())); | ||||
934 | |||||
935 | S.Diag(prevTypeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here) | ||||
936 | << prevTypeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||
937 | |||||
938 | // Override the new type parameter's bound type with the previous type, | ||||
939 | // so that it's consistent. | ||||
940 | newTypeParam->setTypeSourceInfo( | ||||
941 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType())); | ||||
942 | continue; | ||||
943 | } | ||||
944 | |||||
945 | // The new type parameter got the implicit bound of 'id'. That's okay for | ||||
946 | // categories and extensions (overwrite it later), but not for forward | ||||
947 | // declarations and @interfaces, because those must be standalone. | ||||
948 | if (newContext == TypeParamListContext::ForwardDeclaration || | ||||
949 | newContext == TypeParamListContext::Definition) { | ||||
950 | // Diagnose this problem for forward declarations and definitions. | ||||
951 | SourceLocation insertionLoc | ||||
952 | = S.getLocForEndOfToken(newTypeParam->getLocation()); | ||||
953 | std::string newCode | ||||
954 | = " : " + prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType().getAsString( | ||||
955 | S.Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||
956 | S.Diag(newTypeParam->getLocation(), | ||||
957 | diag::err_objc_type_param_bound_missing) | ||||
958 | << prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType() | ||||
959 | << newTypeParam->getDeclName() | ||||
960 | << (newContext == TypeParamListContext::ForwardDeclaration) | ||||
961 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(insertionLoc, newCode); | ||||
962 | |||||
963 | S.Diag(prevTypeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here) | ||||
964 | << prevTypeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||
965 | } | ||||
966 | |||||
967 | // Update the new type parameter's bound to match the previous one. | ||||
968 | newTypeParam->setTypeSourceInfo( | ||||
969 | S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(prevTypeParam->getUnderlyingType())); | ||||
970 | } | ||||
971 | |||||
972 | return false; | ||||
973 | } | ||||
974 | |||||
975 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartClassInterface( | ||||
976 | Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
977 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, | ||||
978 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||
979 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, | ||||
980 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, | ||||
981 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, | ||||
982 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||
983 | assert(ClassName && "Missing class identifier")((ClassName && "Missing class identifier") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ClassName && \"Missing class identifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 983, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
984 | |||||
985 | // Check for another declaration kind with the same name. | ||||
986 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = | ||||
987 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
988 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
989 | |||||
990 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
991 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << ClassName; | ||||
992 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
993 | } | ||||
994 | |||||
995 | // Create a declaration to describe this @interface. | ||||
996 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* PrevIDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl); | ||||
997 | |||||
998 | if (PrevIDecl && PrevIDecl->getIdentifier() != ClassName) { | ||||
999 | // A previous decl with a different name is because of | ||||
1000 | // @compatibility_alias, for example: | ||||
1001 | // \code | ||||
1002 | // @class NewImage; | ||||
1003 | // @compatibility_alias OldImage NewImage; | ||||
1004 | // \endcode | ||||
1005 | // A lookup for 'OldImage' will return the 'NewImage' decl. | ||||
1006 | // | ||||
1007 | // In such a case use the real declaration name, instead of the alias one, | ||||
1008 | // otherwise we will break IdentifierResolver and redecls-chain invariants. | ||||
1009 | // FIXME: If necessary, add a bit to indicate that this ObjCInterfaceDecl | ||||
1010 | // has been aliased. | ||||
1011 | ClassName = PrevIDecl->getIdentifier(); | ||||
1012 | } | ||||
1013 | |||||
1014 | // If there was a forward declaration with type parameters, check | ||||
1015 | // for consistency. | ||||
1016 | if (PrevIDecl) { | ||||
1017 | if (ObjCTypeParamList *prevTypeParamList = PrevIDecl->getTypeParamList()) { | ||||
1018 | if (typeParamList) { | ||||
1019 | // Both have type parameter lists; check for consistency. | ||||
1020 | if (checkTypeParamListConsistency(*this, prevTypeParamList, | ||||
1021 | typeParamList, | ||||
1022 | TypeParamListContext::Definition)) { | ||||
1023 | typeParamList = nullptr; | ||||
1024 | } | ||||
1025 | } else { | ||||
1026 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_objc_parameterized_forward_class_first) | ||||
1027 | << ClassName; | ||||
1028 | Diag(prevTypeParamList->getLAngleLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
1029 | << ClassName; | ||||
1030 | |||||
1031 | // Clone the type parameter list. | ||||
1032 | SmallVector<ObjCTypeParamDecl *, 4> clonedTypeParams; | ||||
1033 | for (auto typeParam : *prevTypeParamList) { | ||||
1034 | clonedTypeParams.push_back( | ||||
1035 | ObjCTypeParamDecl::Create( | ||||
1036 | Context, | ||||
1037 | CurContext, | ||||
1038 | typeParam->getVariance(), | ||||
1039 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1040 | typeParam->getIndex(), | ||||
1041 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1042 | typeParam->getIdentifier(), | ||||
1043 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1044 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(typeParam->getUnderlyingType()))); | ||||
1045 | } | ||||
1046 | |||||
1047 | typeParamList = ObjCTypeParamList::create(Context, | ||||
1048 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1049 | clonedTypeParams, | ||||
1050 | SourceLocation()); | ||||
1051 | } | ||||
1052 | } | ||||
1053 | } | ||||
1054 | |||||
1055 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl | ||||
1056 | = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtInterfaceLoc, ClassName, | ||||
1057 | typeParamList, PrevIDecl, ClassLoc); | ||||
1058 | if (PrevIDecl) { | ||||
1059 | // Class already seen. Was it a definition? | ||||
1060 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = PrevIDecl->getDefinition()) { | ||||
1061 | Diag(AtInterfaceLoc, diag::err_duplicate_class_def) | ||||
1062 | << PrevIDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||
1063 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
1064 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1065 | } | ||||
1066 | } | ||||
1067 | |||||
1068 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, IDecl, AttrList); | ||||
1069 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, IDecl); | ||||
1070 | PushOnScopeChains(IDecl, TUScope); | ||||
1071 | |||||
1072 | // Start the definition of this class. If we're in a redefinition case, there | ||||
1073 | // may already be a definition, so we'll end up adding to it. | ||||
1074 | if (!IDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||
1075 | IDecl->startDefinition(); | ||||
1076 | |||||
1077 | if (SuperName) { | ||||
1078 | // Diagnose availability in the context of the @interface. | ||||
1079 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, IDecl); | ||||
1080 | |||||
1081 | ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(S, AtInterfaceLoc, IDecl, | ||||
1082 | ClassName, ClassLoc, | ||||
1083 | SuperName, SuperLoc, SuperTypeArgs, | ||||
1084 | SuperTypeArgsRange); | ||||
1085 | } else { // we have a root class. | ||||
1086 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(ClassLoc); | ||||
1087 | } | ||||
1088 | |||||
1089 | // Check then save referenced protocols. | ||||
1090 | if (NumProtoRefs) { | ||||
1091 | diagnoseUseOfProtocols(*this, IDecl, (ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, | ||||
1092 | NumProtoRefs, ProtoLocs); | ||||
1093 | IDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs, | ||||
1094 | ProtoLocs, Context); | ||||
1095 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(EndProtoLoc); | ||||
1096 | } | ||||
1097 | |||||
1098 | CheckObjCDeclScope(IDecl); | ||||
1099 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(IDecl); | ||||
1100 | } | ||||
1101 | |||||
1102 | /// ActOnTypedefedProtocols - this action finds protocol list as part of the | ||||
1103 | /// typedef'ed use for a qualified super class and adds them to the list | ||||
1104 | /// of the protocols. | ||||
1105 | void Sema::ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, | ||||
1106 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, | ||||
1107 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, | ||||
1108 | SourceLocation SuperLoc) { | ||||
1109 | if (!SuperName) | ||||
1110 | return; | ||||
1111 | NamedDecl* IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, SuperName, SuperLoc, | ||||
1112 | LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
1113 | if (!IDecl) | ||||
1114 | return; | ||||
1115 | |||||
1116 | if (const TypedefNameDecl *TDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(IDecl)) { | ||||
1117 | QualType T = TDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
1118 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
1119 | if (const ObjCObjectType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { | ||||
1120 | ProtocolRefs.append(OPT->qual_begin(), OPT->qual_end()); | ||||
1121 | // FIXME: Consider whether this should be an invalid loc since the loc | ||||
1122 | // is not actually pointing to a protocol name reference but to the | ||||
1123 | // typedef reference. Note that the base class name loc is also pointing | ||||
1124 | // at the typedef. | ||||
1125 | ProtocolLocs.append(OPT->getNumProtocols(), SuperLoc); | ||||
1126 | } | ||||
1127 | } | ||||
1128 | } | ||||
1129 | |||||
1130 | /// ActOnCompatibilityAlias - this action is called after complete parsing of | ||||
1131 | /// a \@compatibility_alias declaration. It sets up the alias relationships. | ||||
1132 | Decl *Sema::ActOnCompatibilityAlias(SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||
1133 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, | ||||
1134 | SourceLocation AliasLocation, | ||||
1135 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
1136 | SourceLocation ClassLocation) { | ||||
1137 | // Look for previous declaration of alias name | ||||
1138 | NamedDecl *ADecl = | ||||
1139 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasLocation, LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
1140 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
1141 | if (ADecl) { | ||||
| |||||
1142 | Diag(AliasLocation, diag::err_conflicting_aliasing_type) << AliasName; | ||||
1143 | Diag(ADecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
1144 | return nullptr; | ||||
1145 | } | ||||
1146 | // Check for class declaration | ||||
1147 | NamedDecl *CDeclU = | ||||
1148 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLocation, LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
1149 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
1150 | if (const TypedefNameDecl *TDecl
| ||||
1151 | dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefNameDecl>(CDeclU)) { | ||||
1152 | QualType T = TDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
1153 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||
1154 | if (NamedDecl *IDecl = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface()) { | ||||
| |||||
1155 | ClassName = IDecl->getIdentifier(); | ||||
1156 | CDeclU = LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLocation, | ||||
1157 | LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
1158 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
1159 | } | ||||
1160 | } | ||||
1161 | } | ||||
1162 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDeclU); | ||||
1163 | if (!CDecl) { | ||||
1164 | Diag(ClassLocation, diag::warn_undef_interface) << ClassName; | ||||
1165 | if (CDeclU) | ||||
1166 | Diag(CDeclU->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
1167 | return nullptr; | ||||
1168 | } | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | // Everything checked out, instantiate a new alias declaration AST. | ||||
1171 | ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *AliasDecl = | ||||
1172 | ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtLoc, AliasName, CDecl); | ||||
1173 | |||||
1174 | if (!CheckObjCDeclScope(AliasDecl)) | ||||
1175 | PushOnScopeChains(AliasDecl, TUScope); | ||||
1176 | |||||
1177 | return AliasDecl; | ||||
1178 | } | ||||
1179 | |||||
1180 | bool Sema::CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( | ||||
1181 | IdentifierInfo *PName, | ||||
1182 | SourceLocation &Ploc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, | ||||
1183 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList) { | ||||
1184 | |||||
1185 | bool res = false; | ||||
1186 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = PList.begin(), | ||||
1187 | E = PList.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
1188 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = LookupProtocol((*I)->getIdentifier(), | ||||
1189 | Ploc)) { | ||||
1190 | if (PDecl->getIdentifier() == PName) { | ||||
1191 | Diag(Ploc, diag::err_protocol_has_circular_dependency); | ||||
1192 | Diag(PrevLoc, diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
1193 | res = true; | ||||
1194 | } | ||||
1195 | |||||
1196 | if (!PDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||
1197 | continue; | ||||
1198 | |||||
1199 | if (CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(PName, Ploc, | ||||
1200 | PDecl->getLocation(), PDecl->getReferencedProtocols())) | ||||
1201 | res = true; | ||||
1202 | } | ||||
1203 | } | ||||
1204 | return res; | ||||
1205 | } | ||||
1206 | |||||
1207 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartProtocolInterface( | ||||
1208 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, | ||||
1209 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, | ||||
1210 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, | ||||
1211 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||
1212 | bool err = false; | ||||
1213 | // FIXME: Deal with AttrList. | ||||
1214 | assert(ProtocolName && "Missing protocol identifier")((ProtocolName && "Missing protocol identifier") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ProtocolName && \"Missing protocol identifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 1214, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1215 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PrevDecl = LookupProtocol(ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc, | ||||
1216 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
1217 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr; | ||||
1218 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = PrevDecl? PrevDecl->getDefinition() : nullptr) { | ||||
1219 | // If we already have a definition, complain. | ||||
1220 | Diag(ProtocolLoc, diag::warn_duplicate_protocol_def) << ProtocolName; | ||||
1221 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
1222 | |||||
1223 | // Create a new protocol that is completely distinct from previous | ||||
1224 | // declarations, and do not make this protocol available for name lookup. | ||||
1225 | // That way, we'll end up completely ignoring the duplicate. | ||||
1226 | // FIXME: Can we turn this into an error? | ||||
1227 | PDecl = ObjCProtocolDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ProtocolName, | ||||
1228 | ProtocolLoc, AtProtoInterfaceLoc, | ||||
1229 | /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr); | ||||
1230 | |||||
1231 | // If we are using modules, add the decl to the context in order to | ||||
1232 | // serialize something meaningful. | ||||
1233 | if (getLangOpts().Modules) | ||||
1234 | PushOnScopeChains(PDecl, TUScope); | ||||
1235 | PDecl->startDefinition(); | ||||
1236 | } else { | ||||
1237 | if (PrevDecl) { | ||||
1238 | // Check for circular dependencies among protocol declarations. This can | ||||
1239 | // only happen if this protocol was forward-declared. | ||||
1240 | ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> PList; | ||||
1241 | PList.set((ObjCProtocolDecl *const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs, Context); | ||||
1242 | err = CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( | ||||
1243 | ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc, PrevDecl->getLocation(), PList); | ||||
1244 | } | ||||
1245 | |||||
1246 | // Create the new declaration. | ||||
1247 | PDecl = ObjCProtocolDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ProtocolName, | ||||
1248 | ProtocolLoc, AtProtoInterfaceLoc, | ||||
1249 | /*PrevDecl=*/PrevDecl); | ||||
1250 | |||||
1251 | PushOnScopeChains(PDecl, TUScope); | ||||
1252 | PDecl->startDefinition(); | ||||
1253 | } | ||||
1254 | |||||
1255 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, PDecl, AttrList); | ||||
1256 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, PDecl); | ||||
1257 | |||||
1258 | // Merge attributes from previous declarations. | ||||
1259 | if (PrevDecl) | ||||
1260 | mergeDeclAttributes(PDecl, PrevDecl); | ||||
1261 | |||||
1262 | if (!err && NumProtoRefs ) { | ||||
1263 | /// Check then save referenced protocols. | ||||
1264 | diagnoseUseOfProtocols(*this, PDecl, (ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, | ||||
1265 | NumProtoRefs, ProtoLocs); | ||||
1266 | PDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs, | ||||
1267 | ProtoLocs, Context); | ||||
1268 | } | ||||
1269 | |||||
1270 | CheckObjCDeclScope(PDecl); | ||||
1271 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(PDecl); | ||||
1272 | } | ||||
1273 | |||||
1274 | static bool NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, | ||||
1275 | ObjCProtocolDecl *&UndefinedProtocol) { | ||||
1276 | if (!PDecl->hasDefinition() || PDecl->getDefinition()->isHidden()) { | ||||
1277 | UndefinedProtocol = PDecl; | ||||
1278 | return true; | ||||
1279 | } | ||||
1280 | |||||
1281 | for (auto *PI : PDecl->protocols()) | ||||
1282 | if (NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(PI, UndefinedProtocol)) { | ||||
1283 | UndefinedProtocol = PI; | ||||
1284 | return true; | ||||
1285 | } | ||||
1286 | return false; | ||||
1287 | } | ||||
1288 | |||||
1289 | /// FindProtocolDeclaration - This routine looks up protocols and | ||||
1290 | /// issues an error if they are not declared. It returns list of | ||||
1291 | /// protocol declarations in its 'Protocols' argument. | ||||
1292 | void | ||||
1293 | Sema::FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, | ||||
1294 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, | ||||
1295 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols) { | ||||
1296 | for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : ProtocolId) { | ||||
1297 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second); | ||||
1298 | if (!PDecl) { | ||||
1299 | DeclFilterCCC<ObjCProtocolDecl> CCC{}; | ||||
1300 | TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo( | ||||
1301 | DeclarationNameInfo(Pair.first, Pair.second), LookupObjCProtocolName, | ||||
1302 | TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); | ||||
1303 | if ((PDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCProtocolDecl>())) | ||||
1304 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_undeclared_protocol_suggest) | ||||
1305 | << Pair.first); | ||||
1306 | } | ||||
1307 | |||||
1308 | if (!PDecl) { | ||||
1309 | Diag(Pair.second, diag::err_undeclared_protocol) << Pair.first; | ||||
1310 | continue; | ||||
1311 | } | ||||
1312 | // If this is a forward protocol declaration, get its definition. | ||||
1313 | if (!PDecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && PDecl->getDefinition()) | ||||
1314 | PDecl = PDecl->getDefinition(); | ||||
1315 | |||||
1316 | // For an objc container, delay protocol reference checking until after we | ||||
1317 | // can set the objc decl as the availability context, otherwise check now. | ||||
1318 | if (!ForObjCContainer) { | ||||
1319 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PDecl, Pair.second); | ||||
1320 | } | ||||
1321 | |||||
1322 | // If this is a forward declaration and we are supposed to warn in this | ||||
1323 | // case, do it. | ||||
1324 | // FIXME: Recover nicely in the hidden case. | ||||
1325 | ObjCProtocolDecl *UndefinedProtocol; | ||||
1326 | |||||
1327 | if (WarnOnDeclarations && | ||||
1328 | NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(PDecl, UndefinedProtocol)) { | ||||
1329 | Diag(Pair.second, diag::warn_undef_protocolref) << Pair.first; | ||||
1330 | Diag(UndefinedProtocol->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl_undefined) | ||||
1331 | << UndefinedProtocol; | ||||
1332 | } | ||||
1333 | Protocols.push_back(PDecl); | ||||
1334 | } | ||||
1335 | } | ||||
1336 | |||||
1337 | namespace { | ||||
1338 | // Callback to only accept typo corrections that are either | ||||
1339 | // Objective-C protocols or valid Objective-C type arguments. | ||||
1340 | class ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC final | ||||
1341 | : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { | ||||
1342 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||
1343 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind; | ||||
1344 | public: | ||||
1345 | ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC(ASTContext &context, | ||||
1346 | Sema::LookupNameKind lookupKind) | ||||
1347 | : Context(context), LookupKind(lookupKind) { } | ||||
1348 | |||||
1349 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | ||||
1350 | // If we're allowed to find protocols and we have a protocol, accept it. | ||||
1351 | if (LookupKind != Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) { | ||||
1352 | if (candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCProtocolDecl>()) | ||||
1353 | return true; | ||||
1354 | } | ||||
1355 | |||||
1356 | // If we're allowed to find type names and we have one, accept it. | ||||
1357 | if (LookupKind != Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName) { | ||||
1358 | // If we have a type declaration, we might accept this result. | ||||
1359 | if (auto typeDecl = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<TypeDecl>()) { | ||||
1360 | // If we found a tag declaration outside of C++, skip it. This | ||||
1361 | // can happy because we look for any name when there is no | ||||
1362 | // bias to protocol or type names. | ||||
1363 | if (isa<RecordDecl>(typeDecl) && !Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
1364 | return false; | ||||
1365 | |||||
1366 | // Make sure the type is something we would accept as a type | ||||
1367 | // argument. | ||||
1368 | auto type = Context.getTypeDeclType(typeDecl); | ||||
1369 | if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
1370 | type->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
1371 | type->isDependentType() || | ||||
1372 | type->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
1373 | return true; | ||||
1374 | |||||
1375 | return false; | ||||
1376 | } | ||||
1377 | |||||
1378 | // If we have an Objective-C class type, accept it; there will | ||||
1379 | // be another fix to add the '*'. | ||||
1380 | if (candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) | ||||
1381 | return true; | ||||
1382 | |||||
1383 | return false; | ||||
1384 | } | ||||
1385 | |||||
1386 | return false; | ||||
1387 | } | ||||
1388 | |||||
1389 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { | ||||
1390 | return std::make_unique<ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC>(*this); | ||||
1391 | } | ||||
1392 | }; | ||||
1393 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
1394 | |||||
1395 | void Sema::DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, | ||||
1396 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, | ||||
1397 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, | ||||
1398 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, | ||||
1399 | bool SelectProtocolFirst) { | ||||
1400 | Diag(TypeArgLoc, diag::err_objc_type_args_and_protocols) | ||||
1401 | << SelectProtocolFirst << TypeArgId << ProtocolId | ||||
1402 | << SourceRange(ProtocolLoc); | ||||
1403 | } | ||||
1404 | |||||
1405 | void Sema::actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( | ||||
1406 | Scope *S, | ||||
1407 | ParsedType baseType, | ||||
1408 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, | ||||
1409 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, | ||||
1410 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, | ||||
1411 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, | ||||
1412 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, | ||||
1413 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, | ||||
1414 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, | ||||
1415 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, | ||||
1416 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, | ||||
1417 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, | ||||
1418 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols) { | ||||
1419 | // Local function that updates the declaration specifiers with | ||||
1420 | // protocol information. | ||||
1421 | unsigned numProtocolsResolved = 0; | ||||
1422 | auto resolvedAsProtocols = [&] { | ||||
1423 | assert(numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved protocols")((numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved protocols" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size() && \"Unresolved protocols\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 1423, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1424 | |||||
1425 | // Determine whether the base type is a parameterized class, in | ||||
1426 | // which case we want to warn about typos such as | ||||
1427 | // "NSArray<NSObject>" (that should be NSArray<NSObject *>). | ||||
1428 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *baseClass = nullptr; | ||||
1429 | QualType base = GetTypeFromParser(baseType, nullptr); | ||||
1430 | bool allAreTypeNames = false; | ||||
1431 | SourceLocation firstClassNameLoc; | ||||
1432 | if (!base.isNull()) { | ||||
1433 | if (const auto *objcObjectType = base->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { | ||||
1434 | baseClass = objcObjectType->getInterface(); | ||||
1435 | if (baseClass) { | ||||
1436 | if (auto typeParams = baseClass->getTypeParamList()) { | ||||
1437 | if (typeParams->size() == numProtocolsResolved) { | ||||
1438 | // Note that we should be looking for type names, too. | ||||
1439 | allAreTypeNames = true; | ||||
1440 | } | ||||
1441 | } | ||||
1442 | } | ||||
1443 | } | ||||
1444 | } | ||||
1445 | |||||
1446 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = protocols.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
1447 | ObjCProtocolDecl *&proto | ||||
1448 | = reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *&>(protocols[i]); | ||||
1449 | // For an objc container, delay protocol reference checking until after we | ||||
1450 | // can set the objc decl as the availability context, otherwise check now. | ||||
1451 | if (!warnOnIncompleteProtocols) { | ||||
1452 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(proto, identifierLocs[i]); | ||||
1453 | } | ||||
1454 | |||||
1455 | // If this is a forward protocol declaration, get its definition. | ||||
1456 | if (!proto->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && proto->getDefinition()) | ||||
1457 | proto = proto->getDefinition(); | ||||
1458 | |||||
1459 | // If this is a forward declaration and we are supposed to warn in this | ||||
1460 | // case, do it. | ||||
1461 | // FIXME: Recover nicely in the hidden case. | ||||
1462 | ObjCProtocolDecl *forwardDecl = nullptr; | ||||
1463 | if (warnOnIncompleteProtocols && | ||||
1464 | NestedProtocolHasNoDefinition(proto, forwardDecl)) { | ||||
1465 | Diag(identifierLocs[i], diag::warn_undef_protocolref) | ||||
1466 | << proto->getDeclName(); | ||||
1467 | Diag(forwardDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl_undefined) | ||||
1468 | << forwardDecl; | ||||
1469 | } | ||||
1470 | |||||
1471 | // If everything this far has been a type name (and we care | ||||
1472 | // about such things), check whether this name refers to a type | ||||
1473 | // as well. | ||||
1474 | if (allAreTypeNames) { | ||||
1475 | if (auto *decl = LookupSingleName(S, identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i], | ||||
1476 | LookupOrdinaryName)) { | ||||
1477 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) { | ||||
1478 | if (firstClassNameLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
1479 | firstClassNameLoc = identifierLocs[i]; | ||||
1480 | } else if (!isa<TypeDecl>(decl)) { | ||||
1481 | // Not a type. | ||||
1482 | allAreTypeNames = false; | ||||
1483 | } | ||||
1484 | } else { | ||||
1485 | allAreTypeNames = false; | ||||
1486 | } | ||||
1487 | } | ||||
1488 | } | ||||
1489 | |||||
1490 | // All of the protocols listed also have type names, and at least | ||||
1491 | // one is an Objective-C class name. Check whether all of the | ||||
1492 | // protocol conformances are declared by the base class itself, in | ||||
1493 | // which case we warn. | ||||
1494 | if (allAreTypeNames && firstClassNameLoc.isValid()) { | ||||
1495 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> knownProtocols; | ||||
1496 | Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(baseClass, knownProtocols); | ||||
1497 | bool allProtocolsDeclared = true; | ||||
1498 | for (auto proto : protocols) { | ||||
1499 | if (knownProtocols.count(static_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(proto)) == 0) { | ||||
1500 | allProtocolsDeclared = false; | ||||
1501 | break; | ||||
1502 | } | ||||
1503 | } | ||||
1504 | |||||
1505 | if (allProtocolsDeclared) { | ||||
1506 | Diag(firstClassNameLoc, diag::warn_objc_redundant_qualified_class_type) | ||||
1507 | << baseClass->getDeclName() << SourceRange(lAngleLoc, rAngleLoc) | ||||
1508 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(firstClassNameLoc), | ||||
1509 | " *"); | ||||
1510 | } | ||||
1511 | } | ||||
1512 | |||||
1513 | protocolLAngleLoc = lAngleLoc; | ||||
1514 | protocolRAngleLoc = rAngleLoc; | ||||
1515 | assert(protocols.size() == identifierLocs.size())((protocols.size() == identifierLocs.size()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("protocols.size() == identifierLocs.size()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 1515, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1516 | }; | ||||
1517 | |||||
1518 | // Attempt to resolve all of the identifiers as protocols. | ||||
1519 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
1520 | ObjCProtocolDecl *proto = LookupProtocol(identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i]); | ||||
1521 | protocols.push_back(proto); | ||||
1522 | if (proto) | ||||
1523 | ++numProtocolsResolved; | ||||
1524 | } | ||||
1525 | |||||
1526 | // If all of the names were protocols, these were protocol qualifiers. | ||||
1527 | if (numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size()) | ||||
1528 | return resolvedAsProtocols(); | ||||
1529 | |||||
1530 | // Attempt to resolve all of the identifiers as type names or | ||||
1531 | // Objective-C class names. The latter is technically ill-formed, | ||||
1532 | // but is probably something like \c NSArray<NSView *> missing the | ||||
1533 | // \c*. | ||||
1534 | typedef llvm::PointerUnion<TypeDecl *, ObjCInterfaceDecl *> TypeOrClassDecl; | ||||
1535 | SmallVector<TypeOrClassDecl, 4> typeDecls; | ||||
1536 | unsigned numTypeDeclsResolved = 0; | ||||
1537 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
1538 | NamedDecl *decl = LookupSingleName(S, identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i], | ||||
1539 | LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
1540 | if (!decl) { | ||||
1541 | typeDecls.push_back(TypeOrClassDecl()); | ||||
1542 | continue; | ||||
1543 | } | ||||
1544 | |||||
1545 | if (auto typeDecl = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(decl)) { | ||||
1546 | typeDecls.push_back(typeDecl); | ||||
1547 | ++numTypeDeclsResolved; | ||||
1548 | continue; | ||||
1549 | } | ||||
1550 | |||||
1551 | if (auto objcClass = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) { | ||||
1552 | typeDecls.push_back(objcClass); | ||||
1553 | ++numTypeDeclsResolved; | ||||
1554 | continue; | ||||
1555 | } | ||||
1556 | |||||
1557 | typeDecls.push_back(TypeOrClassDecl()); | ||||
1558 | } | ||||
1559 | |||||
1560 | AttributeFactory attrFactory; | ||||
1561 | |||||
1562 | // Local function that forms a reference to the given type or | ||||
1563 | // Objective-C class declaration. | ||||
1564 | auto resolveTypeReference = [&](TypeOrClassDecl typeDecl, SourceLocation loc) | ||||
1565 | -> TypeResult { | ||||
1566 | // Form declaration specifiers. They simply refer to the type. | ||||
1567 | DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); | ||||
1568 | const char* prevSpec; // unused | ||||
1569 | unsigned diagID; // unused | ||||
1570 | QualType type; | ||||
1571 | if (auto *actualTypeDecl = typeDecl.dyn_cast<TypeDecl *>()) | ||||
1572 | type = Context.getTypeDeclType(actualTypeDecl); | ||||
1573 | else | ||||
1574 | type = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(typeDecl.get<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>()); | ||||
1575 | TypeSourceInfo *parsedTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(type, loc); | ||||
1576 | ParsedType parsedType = CreateParsedType(type, parsedTSInfo); | ||||
1577 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_typename, loc, prevSpec, diagID, | ||||
1578 | parsedType, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||
1579 | // Use the identifier location for the type source range. | ||||
1580 | DS.SetRangeStart(loc); | ||||
1581 | DS.SetRangeEnd(loc); | ||||
1582 | |||||
1583 | // Form the declarator. | ||||
1584 | Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); | ||||
1585 | |||||
1586 | // If we have a typedef of an Objective-C class type that is missing a '*', | ||||
1587 | // add the '*'. | ||||
1588 | if (type->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { | ||||
1589 | SourceLocation starLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(loc); | ||||
1590 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getPointer(/*TypeQuals=*/0, starLoc, | ||||
1591 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1592 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1593 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1594 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
1595 | SourceLocation()), | ||||
1596 | starLoc); | ||||
1597 | |||||
1598 | // Diagnose the missing '*'. | ||||
1599 | Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_arg_missing_star) | ||||
1600 | << type | ||||
1601 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(starLoc, " *"); | ||||
1602 | } | ||||
1603 | |||||
1604 | // Convert this to a type. | ||||
1605 | return ActOnTypeName(S, D); | ||||
1606 | }; | ||||
1607 | |||||
1608 | // Local function that updates the declaration specifiers with | ||||
1609 | // type argument information. | ||||
1610 | auto resolvedAsTypeDecls = [&] { | ||||
1611 | // We did not resolve these as protocols. | ||||
1612 | protocols.clear(); | ||||
1613 | |||||
1614 | assert(numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved type decl")((numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Unresolved type decl" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && \"Unresolved type decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 1614, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1615 | // Map type declarations to type arguments. | ||||
1616 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
1617 | // Map type reference to a type. | ||||
1618 | TypeResult type = resolveTypeReference(typeDecls[i], identifierLocs[i]); | ||||
1619 | if (!type.isUsable()) { | ||||
1620 | typeArgs.clear(); | ||||
1621 | return; | ||||
1622 | } | ||||
1623 | |||||
1624 | typeArgs.push_back(type.get()); | ||||
1625 | } | ||||
1626 | |||||
1627 | typeArgsLAngleLoc = lAngleLoc; | ||||
1628 | typeArgsRAngleLoc = rAngleLoc; | ||||
1629 | }; | ||||
1630 | |||||
1631 | // If all of the identifiers can be resolved as type names or | ||||
1632 | // Objective-C class names, we have type arguments. | ||||
1633 | if (numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size()) | ||||
1634 | return resolvedAsTypeDecls(); | ||||
1635 | |||||
1636 | // Error recovery: some names weren't found, or we have a mix of | ||||
1637 | // type and protocol names. Go resolve all of the unresolved names | ||||
1638 | // and complain if we can't find a consistent answer. | ||||
1639 | LookupNameKind lookupKind = LookupAnyName; | ||||
1640 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = identifiers.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
1641 | // If we already have a protocol or type. Check whether it is the | ||||
1642 | // right thing. | ||||
1643 | if (protocols[i] || typeDecls[i]) { | ||||
1644 | // If we haven't figured out whether we want types or protocols | ||||
1645 | // yet, try to figure it out from this name. | ||||
1646 | if (lookupKind == LookupAnyName) { | ||||
1647 | // If this name refers to both a protocol and a type (e.g., \c | ||||
1648 | // NSObject), don't conclude anything yet. | ||||
1649 | if (protocols[i] && typeDecls[i]) | ||||
1650 | continue; | ||||
1651 | |||||
1652 | // Otherwise, let this name decide whether we'll be correcting | ||||
1653 | // toward types or protocols. | ||||
1654 | lookupKind = protocols[i] ? LookupObjCProtocolName | ||||
1655 | : LookupOrdinaryName; | ||||
1656 | continue; | ||||
1657 | } | ||||
1658 | |||||
1659 | // If we want protocols and we have a protocol, there's nothing | ||||
1660 | // more to do. | ||||
1661 | if (lookupKind == LookupObjCProtocolName && protocols[i]) | ||||
1662 | continue; | ||||
1663 | |||||
1664 | // If we want types and we have a type declaration, there's | ||||
1665 | // nothing more to do. | ||||
1666 | if (lookupKind == LookupOrdinaryName && typeDecls[i]) | ||||
1667 | continue; | ||||
1668 | |||||
1669 | // We have a conflict: some names refer to protocols and others | ||||
1670 | // refer to types. | ||||
1671 | DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(identifiers[0], identifierLocs[0], | ||||
1672 | identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i], | ||||
1673 | protocols[i] != nullptr); | ||||
1674 | |||||
1675 | protocols.clear(); | ||||
1676 | typeArgs.clear(); | ||||
1677 | return; | ||||
1678 | } | ||||
1679 | |||||
1680 | // Perform typo correction on the name. | ||||
1681 | ObjCTypeArgOrProtocolValidatorCCC CCC(Context, lookupKind); | ||||
1682 | TypoCorrection corrected = | ||||
1683 | CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(identifiers[i], identifierLocs[i]), | ||||
1684 | lookupKind, S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); | ||||
1685 | if (corrected) { | ||||
1686 | // Did we find a protocol? | ||||
1687 | if (auto proto = corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCProtocolDecl>()) { | ||||
1688 | diagnoseTypo(corrected, | ||||
1689 | PDiag(diag::err_undeclared_protocol_suggest) | ||||
1690 | << identifiers[i]); | ||||
1691 | lookupKind = LookupObjCProtocolName; | ||||
1692 | protocols[i] = proto; | ||||
1693 | ++numProtocolsResolved; | ||||
1694 | continue; | ||||
1695 | } | ||||
1696 | |||||
1697 | // Did we find a type? | ||||
1698 | if (auto typeDecl = corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<TypeDecl>()) { | ||||
1699 | diagnoseTypo(corrected, | ||||
1700 | PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) | ||||
1701 | << identifiers[i]); | ||||
1702 | lookupKind = LookupOrdinaryName; | ||||
1703 | typeDecls[i] = typeDecl; | ||||
1704 | ++numTypeDeclsResolved; | ||||
1705 | continue; | ||||
1706 | } | ||||
1707 | |||||
1708 | // Did we find an Objective-C class? | ||||
1709 | if (auto objcClass = corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) { | ||||
1710 | diagnoseTypo(corrected, | ||||
1711 | PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) | ||||
1712 | << identifiers[i] << true); | ||||
1713 | lookupKind = LookupOrdinaryName; | ||||
1714 | typeDecls[i] = objcClass; | ||||
1715 | ++numTypeDeclsResolved; | ||||
1716 | continue; | ||||
1717 | } | ||||
1718 | } | ||||
1719 | |||||
1720 | // We couldn't find anything. | ||||
1721 | Diag(identifierLocs[i], | ||||
1722 | (lookupKind == LookupAnyName ? diag::err_objc_type_arg_missing | ||||
1723 | : lookupKind == LookupObjCProtocolName ? diag::err_undeclared_protocol | ||||
1724 | : diag::err_unknown_typename)) | ||||
1725 | << identifiers[i]; | ||||
1726 | protocols.clear(); | ||||
1727 | typeArgs.clear(); | ||||
1728 | return; | ||||
1729 | } | ||||
1730 | |||||
1731 | // If all of the names were (corrected to) protocols, these were | ||||
1732 | // protocol qualifiers. | ||||
1733 | if (numProtocolsResolved == identifiers.size()) | ||||
1734 | return resolvedAsProtocols(); | ||||
1735 | |||||
1736 | // Otherwise, all of the names were (corrected to) types. | ||||
1737 | assert(numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Not all types?")((numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && "Not all types?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("numTypeDeclsResolved == identifiers.size() && \"Not all types?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 1737, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1738 | return resolvedAsTypeDecls(); | ||||
1739 | } | ||||
1740 | |||||
1741 | /// DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods - Check for duplicate declaration of | ||||
1742 | /// a class method in its extension. | ||||
1743 | /// | ||||
1744 | void Sema::DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, | ||||
1745 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
1746 | if (!ID) | ||||
1747 | return; // Possibly due to previous error | ||||
1748 | |||||
1749 | llvm::DenseMap<Selector, const ObjCMethodDecl*> MethodMap; | ||||
1750 | for (auto *MD : ID->methods()) | ||||
1751 | MethodMap[MD->getSelector()] = MD; | ||||
1752 | |||||
1753 | if (MethodMap.empty()) | ||||
1754 | return; | ||||
1755 | for (const auto *Method : CAT->methods()) { | ||||
1756 | const ObjCMethodDecl *&PrevMethod = MethodMap[Method->getSelector()]; | ||||
1757 | if (PrevMethod && | ||||
1758 | (PrevMethod->isInstanceMethod() == Method->isInstanceMethod()) && | ||||
1759 | !MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, PrevMethod)) { | ||||
1760 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl) | ||||
1761 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
1762 | Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
1763 | } | ||||
1764 | } | ||||
1765 | } | ||||
1766 | |||||
1767 | /// ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration - Handle \@protocol foo; | ||||
1768 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy | ||||
1769 | Sema::ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtocolLoc, | ||||
1770 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, | ||||
1771 | const ParsedAttributesView &attrList) { | ||||
1772 | SmallVector<Decl *, 8> DeclsInGroup; | ||||
1773 | for (const IdentifierLocPair &IdentPair : IdentList) { | ||||
1774 | IdentifierInfo *Ident = IdentPair.first; | ||||
1775 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PrevDecl = LookupProtocol(Ident, IdentPair.second, | ||||
1776 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
1777 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl | ||||
1778 | = ObjCProtocolDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Ident, | ||||
1779 | IdentPair.second, AtProtocolLoc, | ||||
1780 | PrevDecl); | ||||
1781 | |||||
1782 | PushOnScopeChains(PDecl, TUScope); | ||||
1783 | CheckObjCDeclScope(PDecl); | ||||
1784 | |||||
1785 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, PDecl, attrList); | ||||
1786 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, PDecl); | ||||
1787 | |||||
1788 | if (PrevDecl) | ||||
1789 | mergeDeclAttributes(PDecl, PrevDecl); | ||||
1790 | |||||
1791 | DeclsInGroup.push_back(PDecl); | ||||
1792 | } | ||||
1793 | |||||
1794 | return BuildDeclaratorGroup(DeclsInGroup); | ||||
1795 | } | ||||
1796 | |||||
1797 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartCategoryInterface( | ||||
1798 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
1799 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, | ||||
1800 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc, | ||||
1801 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, | ||||
1802 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, | ||||
1803 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||
1804 | ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl; | ||||
1805 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassName, ClassLoc, true); | ||||
1806 | |||||
1807 | /// Check that class of this category is already completely declared. | ||||
1808 | |||||
1809 | if (!IDecl | ||||
1810 | || RequireCompleteType(ClassLoc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl), | ||||
1811 | diag::err_category_forward_interface, | ||||
1812 | CategoryName == nullptr)) { | ||||
1813 | // Create an invalid ObjCCategoryDecl to serve as context for | ||||
1814 | // the enclosing method declarations. We mark the decl invalid | ||||
1815 | // to make it clear that this isn't a valid AST. | ||||
1816 | CDecl = ObjCCategoryDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtInterfaceLoc, | ||||
1817 | ClassLoc, CategoryLoc, CategoryName, | ||||
1818 | IDecl, typeParamList); | ||||
1819 | CDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1820 | CurContext->addDecl(CDecl); | ||||
1821 | |||||
1822 | if (!IDecl) | ||||
1823 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_undef_interface) << ClassName; | ||||
1824 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(CDecl); | ||||
1825 | } | ||||
1826 | |||||
1827 | if (!CategoryName && IDecl->getImplementation()) { | ||||
1828 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_class_extension_after_impl) << ClassName; | ||||
1829 | Diag(IDecl->getImplementation()->getLocation(), | ||||
1830 | diag::note_implementation_declared); | ||||
1831 | } | ||||
1832 | |||||
1833 | if (CategoryName) { | ||||
1834 | /// Check for duplicate interface declaration for this category | ||||
1835 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Previous | ||||
1836 | = IDecl->FindCategoryDeclaration(CategoryName)) { | ||||
1837 | // Class extensions can be declared multiple times, categories cannot. | ||||
1838 | Diag(CategoryLoc, diag::warn_dup_category_def) | ||||
1839 | << ClassName << CategoryName; | ||||
1840 | Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
1841 | } | ||||
1842 | } | ||||
1843 | |||||
1844 | // If we have a type parameter list, check it. | ||||
1845 | if (typeParamList) { | ||||
1846 | if (auto prevTypeParamList = IDecl->getTypeParamList()) { | ||||
1847 | if (checkTypeParamListConsistency(*this, prevTypeParamList, typeParamList, | ||||
1848 | CategoryName | ||||
1849 | ? TypeParamListContext::Category | ||||
1850 | : TypeParamListContext::Extension)) | ||||
1851 | typeParamList = nullptr; | ||||
1852 | } else { | ||||
1853 | Diag(typeParamList->getLAngleLoc(), | ||||
1854 | diag::err_objc_parameterized_category_nonclass) | ||||
1855 | << (CategoryName != nullptr) | ||||
1856 | << ClassName | ||||
1857 | << typeParamList->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1858 | |||||
1859 | typeParamList = nullptr; | ||||
1860 | } | ||||
1861 | } | ||||
1862 | |||||
1863 | CDecl = ObjCCategoryDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtInterfaceLoc, | ||||
1864 | ClassLoc, CategoryLoc, CategoryName, IDecl, | ||||
1865 | typeParamList); | ||||
1866 | // FIXME: PushOnScopeChains? | ||||
1867 | CurContext->addDecl(CDecl); | ||||
1868 | |||||
1869 | // Process the attributes before looking at protocols to ensure that the | ||||
1870 | // availability attribute is attached to the category to provide availability | ||||
1871 | // checking for protocol uses. | ||||
1872 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, CDecl, AttrList); | ||||
1873 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, CDecl); | ||||
1874 | |||||
1875 | if (NumProtoRefs) { | ||||
1876 | diagnoseUseOfProtocols(*this, CDecl, (ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, | ||||
1877 | NumProtoRefs, ProtoLocs); | ||||
1878 | CDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs, | ||||
1879 | ProtoLocs, Context); | ||||
1880 | // Protocols in the class extension belong to the class. | ||||
1881 | if (CDecl->IsClassExtension()) | ||||
1882 | IDecl->mergeClassExtensionProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl*const*)ProtoRefs, | ||||
1883 | NumProtoRefs, Context); | ||||
1884 | } | ||||
1885 | |||||
1886 | CheckObjCDeclScope(CDecl); | ||||
1887 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(CDecl); | ||||
1888 | } | ||||
1889 | |||||
1890 | /// ActOnStartCategoryImplementation - Perform semantic checks on the | ||||
1891 | /// category implementation declaration and build an ObjCCategoryImplDecl | ||||
1892 | /// object. | ||||
1893 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartCategoryImplementation( | ||||
1894 | SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, | ||||
1895 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, | ||||
1896 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, SourceLocation CatLoc, | ||||
1897 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | ||||
1898 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassName, ClassLoc, true); | ||||
1899 | ObjCCategoryDecl *CatIDecl = nullptr; | ||||
1900 | if (IDecl && IDecl->hasDefinition()) { | ||||
1901 | CatIDecl = IDecl->FindCategoryDeclaration(CatName); | ||||
1902 | if (!CatIDecl) { | ||||
1903 | // Category @implementation with no corresponding @interface. | ||||
1904 | // Create and install one. | ||||
1905 | CatIDecl = ObjCCategoryDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtCatImplLoc, | ||||
1906 | ClassLoc, CatLoc, | ||||
1907 | CatName, IDecl, | ||||
1908 | /*typeParamList=*/nullptr); | ||||
1909 | CatIDecl->setImplicit(); | ||||
1910 | } | ||||
1911 | } | ||||
1912 | |||||
1913 | ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CDecl = | ||||
1914 | ObjCCategoryImplDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CatName, IDecl, | ||||
1915 | ClassLoc, AtCatImplLoc, CatLoc); | ||||
1916 | /// Check that class of this category is already completely declared. | ||||
1917 | if (!IDecl) { | ||||
1918 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_undef_interface) << ClassName; | ||||
1919 | CDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1920 | } else if (RequireCompleteType(ClassLoc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl), | ||||
1921 | diag::err_undef_interface)) { | ||||
1922 | CDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1923 | } | ||||
1924 | |||||
1925 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, CDecl, Attrs); | ||||
1926 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, CDecl); | ||||
1927 | |||||
1928 | // FIXME: PushOnScopeChains? | ||||
1929 | CurContext->addDecl(CDecl); | ||||
1930 | |||||
1931 | // If the interface has the objc_runtime_visible attribute, we | ||||
1932 | // cannot implement a category for it. | ||||
1933 | if (IDecl && IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>()) { | ||||
1934 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_objc_runtime_visible_category) | ||||
1935 | << IDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||
1936 | } | ||||
1937 | |||||
1938 | /// Check that CatName, category name, is not used in another implementation. | ||||
1939 | if (CatIDecl) { | ||||
1940 | if (CatIDecl->getImplementation()) { | ||||
1941 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_dup_implementation_category) << ClassName | ||||
1942 | << CatName; | ||||
1943 | Diag(CatIDecl->getImplementation()->getLocation(), | ||||
1944 | diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
1945 | CDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1946 | } else { | ||||
1947 | CatIDecl->setImplementation(CDecl); | ||||
1948 | // Warn on implementating category of deprecated class under | ||||
1949 | // -Wdeprecated-implementations flag. | ||||
1950 | DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(*this, CatIDecl, | ||||
1951 | CDecl->getLocation()); | ||||
1952 | } | ||||
1953 | } | ||||
1954 | |||||
1955 | CheckObjCDeclScope(CDecl); | ||||
1956 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(CDecl); | ||||
1957 | } | ||||
1958 | |||||
1959 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartClassImplementation( | ||||
1960 | SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, | ||||
1961 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, | ||||
1962 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, | ||||
1963 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc, | ||||
1964 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | ||||
1965 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = nullptr; | ||||
1966 | // Check for another declaration kind with the same name. | ||||
1967 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl | ||||
1968 | = LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
1969 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
1970 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
1971 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << ClassName; | ||||
1972 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
1973 | } else if ((IDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl))) { | ||||
1974 | // FIXME: This will produce an error if the definition of the interface has | ||||
1975 | // been imported from a module but is not visible. | ||||
1976 | RequireCompleteType(ClassLoc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl), | ||||
1977 | diag::warn_undef_interface); | ||||
1978 | } else { | ||||
1979 | // We did not find anything with the name ClassName; try to correct for | ||||
1980 | // typos in the class name. | ||||
1981 | ObjCInterfaceValidatorCCC CCC{}; | ||||
1982 | TypoCorrection Corrected = | ||||
1983 | CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(ClassName, ClassLoc), | ||||
1984 | LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError); | ||||
1985 | if (Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) { | ||||
1986 | // Suggest the (potentially) correct interface name. Don't provide a | ||||
1987 | // code-modification hint or use the typo name for recovery, because | ||||
1988 | // this is just a warning. The program may actually be correct. | ||||
1989 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, | ||||
1990 | PDiag(diag::warn_undef_interface_suggest) << ClassName, | ||||
1991 | /*ErrorRecovery*/false); | ||||
1992 | } else { | ||||
1993 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::warn_undef_interface) << ClassName; | ||||
1994 | } | ||||
1995 | } | ||||
1996 | |||||
1997 | // Check that super class name is valid class name | ||||
1998 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *SDecl = nullptr; | ||||
1999 | if (SuperClassname) { | ||||
2000 | // Check if a different kind of symbol declared in this scope. | ||||
2001 | PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, SuperClassname, SuperClassLoc, | ||||
2002 | LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
2003 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
2004 | Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | ||||
2005 | << SuperClassname; | ||||
2006 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2007 | } else { | ||||
2008 | SDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl); | ||||
2009 | if (SDecl && !SDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||
2010 | SDecl = nullptr; | ||||
2011 | if (!SDecl) | ||||
2012 | Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::err_undef_superclass) | ||||
2013 | << SuperClassname << ClassName; | ||||
2014 | else if (IDecl && !declaresSameEntity(IDecl->getSuperClass(), SDecl)) { | ||||
2015 | // This implementation and its interface do not have the same | ||||
2016 | // super class. | ||||
2017 | Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::err_conflicting_super_class) | ||||
2018 | << SDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||
2019 | Diag(SDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2020 | } | ||||
2021 | } | ||||
2022 | } | ||||
2023 | |||||
2024 | if (!IDecl) { | ||||
2025 | // Legacy case of @implementation with no corresponding @interface. | ||||
2026 | // Build, chain & install the interface decl into the identifier. | ||||
2027 | |||||
2028 | // FIXME: Do we support attributes on the @implementation? If so we should | ||||
2029 | // copy them over. | ||||
2030 | IDecl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtClassImplLoc, | ||||
2031 | ClassName, /*typeParamList=*/nullptr, | ||||
2032 | /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, ClassLoc, | ||||
2033 | true); | ||||
2034 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, IDecl); | ||||
2035 | IDecl->startDefinition(); | ||||
2036 | if (SDecl) { | ||||
2037 | IDecl->setSuperClass(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | ||||
2038 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(SDecl), | ||||
2039 | SuperClassLoc)); | ||||
2040 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(SuperClassLoc); | ||||
2041 | } else { | ||||
2042 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(ClassLoc); | ||||
2043 | } | ||||
2044 | |||||
2045 | PushOnScopeChains(IDecl, TUScope); | ||||
2046 | } else { | ||||
2047 | // Mark the interface as being completed, even if it was just as | ||||
2048 | // @class ....; | ||||
2049 | // declaration; the user cannot reopen it. | ||||
2050 | if (!IDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||
2051 | IDecl->startDefinition(); | ||||
2052 | } | ||||
2053 | |||||
2054 | ObjCImplementationDecl* IMPDecl = | ||||
2055 | ObjCImplementationDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, IDecl, SDecl, | ||||
2056 | ClassLoc, AtClassImplLoc, SuperClassLoc); | ||||
2057 | |||||
2058 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, IMPDecl, Attrs); | ||||
2059 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, IMPDecl); | ||||
2060 | |||||
2061 | if (CheckObjCDeclScope(IMPDecl)) | ||||
2062 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(IMPDecl); | ||||
2063 | |||||
2064 | // Check that there is no duplicate implementation of this class. | ||||
2065 | if (IDecl->getImplementation()) { | ||||
2066 | // FIXME: Don't leak everything! | ||||
2067 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_dup_implementation_class) << ClassName; | ||||
2068 | Diag(IDecl->getImplementation()->getLocation(), | ||||
2069 | diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2070 | IMPDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
2071 | } else { // add it to the list. | ||||
2072 | IDecl->setImplementation(IMPDecl); | ||||
2073 | PushOnScopeChains(IMPDecl, TUScope); | ||||
2074 | // Warn on implementating deprecated class under | ||||
2075 | // -Wdeprecated-implementations flag. | ||||
2076 | DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(*this, IDecl, IMPDecl->getLocation()); | ||||
2077 | } | ||||
2078 | |||||
2079 | // If the superclass has the objc_runtime_visible attribute, we | ||||
2080 | // cannot implement a subclass of it. | ||||
2081 | if (IDecl->getSuperClass() && | ||||
2082 | IDecl->getSuperClass()->hasAttr<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>()) { | ||||
2083 | Diag(ClassLoc, diag::err_objc_runtime_visible_subclass) | ||||
2084 | << IDecl->getDeclName() | ||||
2085 | << IDecl->getSuperClass()->getDeclName(); | ||||
2086 | } | ||||
2087 | |||||
2088 | return ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(IMPDecl); | ||||
2089 | } | ||||
2090 | |||||
2091 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy | ||||
2092 | Sema::ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls) { | ||||
2093 | SmallVector<Decl *, 64> DeclsInGroup; | ||||
2094 | DeclsInGroup.reserve(Decls.size() + 1); | ||||
2095 | |||||
2096 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Decls.size(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
2097 | Decl *Dcl = Decls[i]; | ||||
2098 | if (!Dcl) | ||||
2099 | continue; | ||||
2100 | if (Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) | ||||
2101 | Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); | ||||
2102 | DeclsInGroup.push_back(Dcl); | ||||
2103 | } | ||||
2104 | |||||
2105 | DeclsInGroup.push_back(ObjCImpDecl); | ||||
2106 | |||||
2107 | return BuildDeclaratorGroup(DeclsInGroup); | ||||
2108 | } | ||||
2109 | |||||
2110 | void Sema::CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, | ||||
2111 | ObjCIvarDecl **ivars, unsigned numIvars, | ||||
2112 | SourceLocation RBrace) { | ||||
2113 | assert(ImpDecl && "missing implementation decl")((ImpDecl && "missing implementation decl") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ImpDecl && \"missing implementation decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2113, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2114 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
2115 | if (!IDecl) | ||||
2116 | return; | ||||
2117 | /// Check case of non-existing \@interface decl. | ||||
2118 | /// (legacy objective-c \@implementation decl without an \@interface decl). | ||||
2119 | /// Add implementations's ivar to the synthesize class's ivar list. | ||||
2120 | if (IDecl->isImplicitInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||
2121 | IDecl->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrace); | ||||
2122 | // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. | ||||
2123 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = numIvars; i != e; ++i) { | ||||
2124 | ivars[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ImpDecl); | ||||
2125 | IDecl->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ivars[i]); | ||||
2126 | ImpDecl->addDecl(ivars[i]); | ||||
2127 | } | ||||
2128 | |||||
2129 | return; | ||||
2130 | } | ||||
2131 | // If implementation has empty ivar list, just return. | ||||
2132 | if (numIvars == 0) | ||||
2133 | return; | ||||
2134 | |||||
2135 | assert(ivars && "missing @implementation ivars")((ivars && "missing @implementation ivars") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ivars && \"missing @implementation ivars\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2135, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2136 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile()) { | ||||
2137 | if (ImpDecl->getSuperClass()) | ||||
2138 | Diag(ImpDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_on_superclass_use); | ||||
2139 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < numIvars; i++) { | ||||
2140 | ObjCIvarDecl* ImplIvar = ivars[i]; | ||||
2141 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = | ||||
2142 | IDecl->getIvarDecl(ImplIvar->getIdentifier())) { | ||||
2143 | Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); | ||||
2144 | Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2145 | continue; | ||||
2146 | } | ||||
2147 | // Check class extensions (unnamed categories) for duplicate ivars. | ||||
2148 | for (const auto *CDecl : IDecl->visible_extensions()) { | ||||
2149 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = | ||||
2150 | CDecl->getIvarDecl(ImplIvar->getIdentifier())) { | ||||
2151 | Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); | ||||
2152 | Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2153 | continue; | ||||
2154 | } | ||||
2155 | } | ||||
2156 | // Instance ivar to Implementation's DeclContext. | ||||
2157 | ImplIvar->setLexicalDeclContext(ImpDecl); | ||||
2158 | IDecl->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ImplIvar); | ||||
2159 | ImpDecl->addDecl(ImplIvar); | ||||
2160 | } | ||||
2161 | return; | ||||
2162 | } | ||||
2163 | // Check interface's Ivar list against those in the implementation. | ||||
2164 | // names and types must match. | ||||
2165 | // | ||||
2166 | unsigned j = 0; | ||||
2167 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator | ||||
2168 | IVI = IDecl->ivar_begin(), IVE = IDecl->ivar_end(); | ||||
2169 | for (; numIvars > 0 && IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { | ||||
2170 | ObjCIvarDecl* ImplIvar = ivars[j++]; | ||||
2171 | ObjCIvarDecl* ClsIvar = *IVI; | ||||
2172 | assert (ImplIvar && "missing implementation ivar")((ImplIvar && "missing implementation ivar") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ImplIvar && \"missing implementation ivar\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2173 | assert (ClsIvar && "missing class ivar")((ClsIvar && "missing class ivar") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("ClsIvar && \"missing class ivar\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2173, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2174 | |||||
2175 | // First, make sure the types match. | ||||
2176 | if (!Context.hasSameType(ImplIvar->getType(), ClsIvar->getType())) { | ||||
2177 | Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_ivar_type) | ||||
2178 | << ImplIvar->getIdentifier() | ||||
2179 | << ImplIvar->getType() << ClsIvar->getType(); | ||||
2180 | Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2181 | } else if (ImplIvar->isBitField() && ClsIvar->isBitField() && | ||||
2182 | ImplIvar->getBitWidthValue(Context) != | ||||
2183 | ClsIvar->getBitWidthValue(Context)) { | ||||
2184 | Diag(ImplIvar->getBitWidth()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
2185 | diag::err_conflicting_ivar_bitwidth) | ||||
2186 | << ImplIvar->getIdentifier(); | ||||
2187 | Diag(ClsIvar->getBitWidth()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
2188 | diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2189 | } | ||||
2190 | // Make sure the names are identical. | ||||
2191 | if (ImplIvar->getIdentifier() != ClsIvar->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
2192 | Diag(ImplIvar->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_ivar_name) | ||||
2193 | << ImplIvar->getIdentifier() << ClsIvar->getIdentifier(); | ||||
2194 | Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
2195 | } | ||||
2196 | --numIvars; | ||||
2197 | } | ||||
2198 | |||||
2199 | if (numIvars > 0) | ||||
2200 | Diag(ivars[j]->getLocation(), diag::err_inconsistent_ivar_count); | ||||
2201 | else if (IVI != IVE) | ||||
2202 | Diag(IVI->getLocation(), diag::err_inconsistent_ivar_count); | ||||
2203 | } | ||||
2204 | |||||
2205 | static void WarnUndefinedMethod(Sema &S, SourceLocation ImpLoc, | ||||
2206 | ObjCMethodDecl *method, | ||||
2207 | bool &IncompleteImpl, | ||||
2208 | unsigned DiagID, | ||||
2209 | NamedDecl *NeededFor = nullptr) { | ||||
2210 | // No point warning no definition of method which is 'unavailable'. | ||||
2211 | if (method->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable) | ||||
2212 | return; | ||||
2213 | |||||
2214 | // FIXME: For now ignore 'IncompleteImpl'. | ||||
2215 | // Previously we grouped all unimplemented methods under a single | ||||
2216 | // warning, but some users strongly voiced that they would prefer | ||||
2217 | // separate warnings. We will give that approach a try, as that | ||||
2218 | // matches what we do with protocols. | ||||
2219 | { | ||||
2220 | const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &B = S.Diag(ImpLoc, DiagID); | ||||
2221 | B << method; | ||||
2222 | if (NeededFor) | ||||
2223 | B << NeededFor; | ||||
2224 | } | ||||
2225 | |||||
2226 | // Issue a note to the original declaration. | ||||
2227 | SourceLocation MethodLoc = method->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
2228 | if (MethodLoc.isValid()) | ||||
2229 | S.Diag(MethodLoc, diag::note_method_declared_at) << method; | ||||
2230 | } | ||||
2231 | |||||
2232 | /// Determines if type B can be substituted for type A. Returns true if we can | ||||
2233 | /// guarantee that anything that the user will do to an object of type A can | ||||
2234 | /// also be done to an object of type B. This is trivially true if the two | ||||
2235 | /// types are the same, or if B is a subclass of A. It becomes more complex | ||||
2236 | /// in cases where protocols are involved. | ||||
2237 | /// | ||||
2238 | /// Object types in Objective-C describe the minimum requirements for an | ||||
2239 | /// object, rather than providing a complete description of a type. For | ||||
2240 | /// example, if A is a subclass of B, then B* may refer to an instance of A. | ||||
2241 | /// The principle of substitutability means that we may use an instance of A | ||||
2242 | /// anywhere that we may use an instance of B - it will implement all of the | ||||
2243 | /// ivars of B and all of the methods of B. | ||||
2244 | /// | ||||
2245 | /// This substitutability is important when type checking methods, because | ||||
2246 | /// the implementation may have stricter type definitions than the interface. | ||||
2247 | /// The interface specifies minimum requirements, but the implementation may | ||||
2248 | /// have more accurate ones. For example, a method may privately accept | ||||
2249 | /// instances of B, but only publish that it accepts instances of A. Any | ||||
2250 | /// object passed to it will be type checked against B, and so will implicitly | ||||
2251 | /// by a valid A*. Similarly, a method may return a subclass of the class that | ||||
2252 | /// it is declared as returning. | ||||
2253 | /// | ||||
2254 | /// This is most important when considering subclassing. A method in a | ||||
2255 | /// subclass must accept any object as an argument that its superclass's | ||||
2256 | /// implementation accepts. It may, however, accept a more general type | ||||
2257 | /// without breaking substitutability (i.e. you can still use the subclass | ||||
2258 | /// anywhere that you can use the superclass, but not vice versa). The | ||||
2259 | /// converse requirement applies to return types: the return type for a | ||||
2260 | /// subclass method must be a valid object of the kind that the superclass | ||||
2261 | /// advertises, but it may be specified more accurately. This avoids the need | ||||
2262 | /// for explicit down-casting by callers. | ||||
2263 | /// | ||||
2264 | /// Note: This is a stricter requirement than for assignment. | ||||
2265 | static bool isObjCTypeSubstitutable(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
2266 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *A, | ||||
2267 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *B, | ||||
2268 | bool rejectId) { | ||||
2269 | // Reject a protocol-unqualified id. | ||||
2270 | if (rejectId && B->isObjCIdType()) return false; | ||||
2271 | |||||
2272 | // If B is a qualified id, then A must also be a qualified id and it must | ||||
2273 | // implement all of the protocols in B. It may not be a qualified class. | ||||
2274 | // For example, MyClass<A> can be assigned to id<A>, but MyClass<A> is a | ||||
2275 | // stricter definition so it is not substitutable for id<A>. | ||||
2276 | if (B->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
2277 | return A->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && | ||||
2278 | Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(A, B, false); | ||||
2279 | } | ||||
2280 | |||||
2281 | /* | ||||
2282 | // id is a special type that bypasses type checking completely. We want a | ||||
2283 | // warning when it is used in one place but not another. | ||||
2284 | if (C.isObjCIdType(A) || C.isObjCIdType(B)) return false; | ||||
2285 | |||||
2286 | |||||
2287 | // If B is a qualified id, then A must also be a qualified id (which it isn't | ||||
2288 | // if we've got this far) | ||||
2289 | if (B->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return false; | ||||
2290 | */ | ||||
2291 | |||||
2292 | // Now we know that A and B are (potentially-qualified) class types. The | ||||
2293 | // normal rules for assignment apply. | ||||
2294 | return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(A, B); | ||||
2295 | } | ||||
2296 | |||||
2297 | static SourceRange getTypeRange(TypeSourceInfo *TSI) { | ||||
2298 | return (TSI ? TSI->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||
2299 | } | ||||
2300 | |||||
2301 | /// Determine whether two set of Objective-C declaration qualifiers conflict. | ||||
2302 | static bool objcModifiersConflict(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier x, | ||||
2303 | Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier y) { | ||||
2304 | return (x & ~Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) != | ||||
2305 | (y & ~Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability); | ||||
2306 | } | ||||
2307 | |||||
2308 | static bool CheckMethodOverrideReturn(Sema &S, | ||||
2309 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl, | ||||
2310 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, | ||||
2311 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl, | ||||
2312 | bool IsOverridingMode, | ||||
2313 | bool Warn) { | ||||
2314 | if (IsProtocolMethodDecl && | ||||
2315 | objcModifiersConflict(MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), | ||||
2316 | MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier())) { | ||||
2317 | if (Warn) { | ||||
2318 | S.Diag(MethodImpl->getLocation(), | ||||
2319 | (IsOverridingMode | ||||
2320 | ? diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_ret_type_modifiers | ||||
2321 | : diag::warn_conflicting_ret_type_modifiers)) | ||||
2322 | << MethodImpl->getDeclName() | ||||
2323 | << MethodImpl->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
2324 | S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) | ||||
2325 | << MethodDecl->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
2326 | } | ||||
2327 | else | ||||
2328 | return false; | ||||
2329 | } | ||||
2330 | if (Warn && IsOverridingMode && | ||||
2331 | !isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MethodImpl->getDeclContext()) && | ||||
2332 | !S.Context.hasSameNullabilityTypeQualifier(MethodImpl->getReturnType(), | ||||
2333 | MethodDecl->getReturnType(), | ||||
2334 | false)) { | ||||
2335 | auto nullabilityMethodImpl = | ||||
2336 | *MethodImpl->getReturnType()->getNullability(S.Context); | ||||
2337 | auto nullabilityMethodDecl = | ||||
2338 | *MethodDecl->getReturnType()->getNullability(S.Context); | ||||
2339 | S.Diag(MethodImpl->getLocation(), | ||||
2340 | diag::warn_conflicting_nullability_attr_overriding_ret_types) | ||||
2341 | << DiagNullabilityKind( | ||||
2342 | nullabilityMethodImpl, | ||||
2343 | ((MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | ||||
2344 | != 0)) | ||||
2345 | << DiagNullabilityKind( | ||||
2346 | nullabilityMethodDecl, | ||||
2347 | ((MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | ||||
2348 | != 0)); | ||||
2349 | S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
2350 | } | ||||
2351 | |||||
2352 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(MethodImpl->getReturnType(), | ||||
2353 | MethodDecl->getReturnType())) | ||||
2354 | return true; | ||||
2355 | if (!Warn) | ||||
2356 | return false; | ||||
2357 | |||||
2358 | unsigned DiagID = | ||||
2359 | IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_ret_types | ||||
2360 | : diag::warn_conflicting_ret_types; | ||||
2361 | |||||
2362 | // Mismatches between ObjC pointers go into a different warning | ||||
2363 | // category, and sometimes they're even completely whitelisted. | ||||
2364 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ImplPtrTy = | ||||
2365 | MethodImpl->getReturnType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
2366 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IfacePtrTy = | ||||
2367 | MethodDecl->getReturnType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
2368 | // Allow non-matching return types as long as they don't violate | ||||
2369 | // the principle of substitutability. Specifically, we permit | ||||
2370 | // return types that are subclasses of the declared return type, | ||||
2371 | // or that are more-qualified versions of the declared type. | ||||
2372 | if (isObjCTypeSubstitutable(S.Context, IfacePtrTy, ImplPtrTy, false)) | ||||
2373 | return false; | ||||
2374 | |||||
2375 | DiagID = | ||||
2376 | IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_non_covariant_overriding_ret_types | ||||
2377 | : diag::warn_non_covariant_ret_types; | ||||
2378 | } | ||||
2379 | } | ||||
2380 | |||||
2381 | S.Diag(MethodImpl->getLocation(), DiagID) | ||||
2382 | << MethodImpl->getDeclName() << MethodDecl->getReturnType() | ||||
2383 | << MethodImpl->getReturnType() | ||||
2384 | << MethodImpl->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
2385 | S.Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), IsOverridingMode | ||||
2386 | ? diag::note_previous_declaration | ||||
2387 | : diag::note_previous_definition) | ||||
2388 | << MethodDecl->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
2389 | return false; | ||||
2390 | } | ||||
2391 | |||||
2392 | static bool CheckMethodOverrideParam(Sema &S, | ||||
2393 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl, | ||||
2394 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, | ||||
2395 | ParmVarDecl *ImplVar, | ||||
2396 | ParmVarDecl *IfaceVar, | ||||
2397 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl, | ||||
2398 | bool IsOverridingMode, | ||||
2399 | bool Warn) { | ||||
2400 | if (IsProtocolMethodDecl && | ||||
2401 | objcModifiersConflict(ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier(), | ||||
2402 | IfaceVar->getObjCDeclQualifier())) { | ||||
2403 | if (Warn) { | ||||
2404 | if (IsOverridingMode) | ||||
2405 | S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(), | ||||
2406 | diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_param_modifiers) | ||||
2407 | << getTypeRange(ImplVar->getTypeSourceInfo()) | ||||
2408 | << MethodImpl->getDeclName(); | ||||
2409 | else S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(), | ||||
2410 | diag::warn_conflicting_param_modifiers) | ||||
2411 | << getTypeRange(ImplVar->getTypeSourceInfo()) | ||||
2412 | << MethodImpl->getDeclName(); | ||||
2413 | S.Diag(IfaceVar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) | ||||
2414 | << getTypeRange(IfaceVar->getTypeSourceInfo()); | ||||
2415 | } | ||||
2416 | else | ||||
2417 | return false; | ||||
2418 | } | ||||
2419 | |||||
2420 | QualType ImplTy = ImplVar->getType(); | ||||
2421 | QualType IfaceTy = IfaceVar->getType(); | ||||
2422 | if (Warn && IsOverridingMode && | ||||
2423 | !isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MethodImpl->getDeclContext()) && | ||||
2424 | !S.Context.hasSameNullabilityTypeQualifier(ImplTy, IfaceTy, true)) { | ||||
2425 | S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(), | ||||
2426 | diag::warn_conflicting_nullability_attr_overriding_param_types) | ||||
2427 | << DiagNullabilityKind( | ||||
2428 | *ImplTy->getNullability(S.Context), | ||||
2429 | ((ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | ||||
2430 | != 0)) | ||||
2431 | << DiagNullabilityKind( | ||||
2432 | *IfaceTy->getNullability(S.Context), | ||||
2433 | ((IfaceVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | ||||
2434 | != 0)); | ||||
2435 | S.Diag(IfaceVar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
2436 | } | ||||
2437 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ImplTy, IfaceTy)) | ||||
2438 | return true; | ||||
2439 | |||||
2440 | if (!Warn) | ||||
2441 | return false; | ||||
2442 | unsigned DiagID = | ||||
2443 | IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_param_types | ||||
2444 | : diag::warn_conflicting_param_types; | ||||
2445 | |||||
2446 | // Mismatches between ObjC pointers go into a different warning | ||||
2447 | // category, and sometimes they're even completely whitelisted. | ||||
2448 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ImplPtrTy = | ||||
2449 | ImplTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
2450 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IfacePtrTy = | ||||
2451 | IfaceTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
2452 | // Allow non-matching argument types as long as they don't | ||||
2453 | // violate the principle of substitutability. Specifically, the | ||||
2454 | // implementation must accept any objects that the superclass | ||||
2455 | // accepts, however it may also accept others. | ||||
2456 | if (isObjCTypeSubstitutable(S.Context, ImplPtrTy, IfacePtrTy, true)) | ||||
2457 | return false; | ||||
2458 | |||||
2459 | DiagID = | ||||
2460 | IsOverridingMode ? diag::warn_non_contravariant_overriding_param_types | ||||
2461 | : diag::warn_non_contravariant_param_types; | ||||
2462 | } | ||||
2463 | } | ||||
2464 | |||||
2465 | S.Diag(ImplVar->getLocation(), DiagID) | ||||
2466 | << getTypeRange(ImplVar->getTypeSourceInfo()) | ||||
2467 | << MethodImpl->getDeclName() << IfaceTy << ImplTy; | ||||
2468 | S.Diag(IfaceVar->getLocation(), | ||||
2469 | (IsOverridingMode ? diag::note_previous_declaration | ||||
2470 | : diag::note_previous_definition)) | ||||
2471 | << getTypeRange(IfaceVar->getTypeSourceInfo()); | ||||
2472 | return false; | ||||
2473 | } | ||||
2474 | |||||
2475 | /// In ARC, check whether the conventional meanings of the two methods | ||||
2476 | /// match. If they don't, it's a hard error. | ||||
2477 | static bool checkMethodFamilyMismatch(Sema &S, ObjCMethodDecl *impl, | ||||
2478 | ObjCMethodDecl *decl) { | ||||
2479 | ObjCMethodFamily implFamily = impl->getMethodFamily(); | ||||
2480 | ObjCMethodFamily declFamily = decl->getMethodFamily(); | ||||
2481 | if (implFamily == declFamily) return false; | ||||
2482 | |||||
2483 | // Since conventions are sorted by selector, the only possibility is | ||||
2484 | // that the types differ enough to cause one selector or the other | ||||
2485 | // to fall out of the family. | ||||
2486 | assert(implFamily == OMF_None || declFamily == OMF_None)((implFamily == OMF_None || declFamily == OMF_None) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("implFamily == OMF_None || declFamily == OMF_None" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2487 | |||||
2488 | // No further diagnostics required on invalid declarations. | ||||
2489 | if (impl->isInvalidDecl() || decl->isInvalidDecl()) return true; | ||||
2490 | |||||
2491 | const ObjCMethodDecl *unmatched = impl; | ||||
2492 | ObjCMethodFamily family = declFamily; | ||||
2493 | unsigned errorID = diag::err_arc_lost_method_convention; | ||||
2494 | unsigned noteID = diag::note_arc_lost_method_convention; | ||||
2495 | if (declFamily == OMF_None) { | ||||
2496 | unmatched = decl; | ||||
2497 | family = implFamily; | ||||
2498 | errorID = diag::err_arc_gained_method_convention; | ||||
2499 | noteID = diag::note_arc_gained_method_convention; | ||||
2500 | } | ||||
2501 | |||||
2502 | // Indexes into a %select clause in the diagnostic. | ||||
2503 | enum FamilySelector { | ||||
2504 | F_alloc, F_copy, F_mutableCopy = F_copy, F_init, F_new | ||||
2505 | }; | ||||
2506 | FamilySelector familySelector = FamilySelector(); | ||||
2507 | |||||
2508 | switch (family) { | ||||
2509 | case OMF_None: llvm_unreachable("logic error, no method convention")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("logic error, no method convention" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2509); | ||||
2510 | case OMF_retain: | ||||
2511 | case OMF_release: | ||||
2512 | case OMF_autorelease: | ||||
2513 | case OMF_dealloc: | ||||
2514 | case OMF_finalize: | ||||
2515 | case OMF_retainCount: | ||||
2516 | case OMF_self: | ||||
2517 | case OMF_initialize: | ||||
2518 | case OMF_performSelector: | ||||
2519 | // Mismatches for these methods don't change ownership | ||||
2520 | // conventions, so we don't care. | ||||
2521 | return false; | ||||
2522 | |||||
2523 | case OMF_init: familySelector = F_init; break; | ||||
2524 | case OMF_alloc: familySelector = F_alloc; break; | ||||
2525 | case OMF_copy: familySelector = F_copy; break; | ||||
2526 | case OMF_mutableCopy: familySelector = F_mutableCopy; break; | ||||
2527 | case OMF_new: familySelector = F_new; break; | ||||
2528 | } | ||||
2529 | |||||
2530 | enum ReasonSelector { R_NonObjectReturn, R_UnrelatedReturn }; | ||||
2531 | ReasonSelector reasonSelector; | ||||
2532 | |||||
2533 | // The only reason these methods don't fall within their families is | ||||
2534 | // due to unusual result types. | ||||
2535 | if (unmatched->getReturnType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
2536 | reasonSelector = R_UnrelatedReturn; | ||||
2537 | } else { | ||||
2538 | reasonSelector = R_NonObjectReturn; | ||||
2539 | } | ||||
2540 | |||||
2541 | S.Diag(impl->getLocation(), errorID) << int(familySelector) << int(reasonSelector); | ||||
2542 | S.Diag(decl->getLocation(), noteID) << int(familySelector) << int(reasonSelector); | ||||
2543 | |||||
2544 | return true; | ||||
2545 | } | ||||
2546 | |||||
2547 | void Sema::WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl, | ||||
2548 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, | ||||
2549 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl) { | ||||
2550 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
2551 | checkMethodFamilyMismatch(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl)) | ||||
2552 | return; | ||||
2553 | |||||
2554 | CheckMethodOverrideReturn(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl, | ||||
2555 | IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, | ||||
2556 | true); | ||||
2557 | |||||
2558 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator IM = ImpMethodDecl->param_begin(), | ||||
2559 | IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = ImpMethodDecl->param_end(), | ||||
2560 | EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); | ||||
2561 | IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { | ||||
2562 | CheckMethodOverrideParam(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl, *IM, *IF, | ||||
2563 | IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, true); | ||||
2564 | } | ||||
2565 | |||||
2566 | if (ImpMethodDecl->isVariadic() != MethodDecl->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2567 | Diag(ImpMethodDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
2568 | diag::warn_conflicting_variadic); | ||||
2569 | Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
2570 | } | ||||
2571 | } | ||||
2572 | |||||
2573 | void Sema::CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
2574 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, | ||||
2575 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl) { | ||||
2576 | |||||
2577 | CheckMethodOverrideReturn(*this, Method, Overridden, | ||||
2578 | IsProtocolMethodDecl, true, | ||||
2579 | true); | ||||
2580 | |||||
2581 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator IM = Method->param_begin(), | ||||
2582 | IF = Overridden->param_begin(), EM = Method->param_end(), | ||||
2583 | EF = Overridden->param_end(); | ||||
2584 | IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { | ||||
2585 | CheckMethodOverrideParam(*this, Method, Overridden, *IM, *IF, | ||||
2586 | IsProtocolMethodDecl, true, true); | ||||
2587 | } | ||||
2588 | |||||
2589 | if (Method->isVariadic() != Overridden->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2590 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), | ||||
2591 | diag::warn_conflicting_overriding_variadic); | ||||
2592 | Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
2593 | } | ||||
2594 | } | ||||
2595 | |||||
2596 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method | ||||
2597 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. | ||||
2598 | void Sema::WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl, | ||||
2599 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, | ||||
2600 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl) { | ||||
2601 | // don't issue warning when protocol method is optional because primary | ||||
2602 | // class is not required to implement it and it is safe for protocol | ||||
2603 | // to implement it. | ||||
2604 | if (MethodDecl->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional) | ||||
2605 | return; | ||||
2606 | // don't issue warning when primary class's method is | ||||
2607 | // depecated/unavailable. | ||||
2608 | if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() || | ||||
2609 | MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | ||||
2610 | return; | ||||
2611 | |||||
2612 | bool match = CheckMethodOverrideReturn(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl, | ||||
2613 | IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, false); | ||||
2614 | if (match) | ||||
2615 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator IM = ImpMethodDecl->param_begin(), | ||||
2616 | IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = ImpMethodDecl->param_end(), | ||||
2617 | EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); | ||||
2618 | IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { | ||||
2619 | match = CheckMethodOverrideParam(*this, ImpMethodDecl, MethodDecl, | ||||
2620 | *IM, *IF, | ||||
2621 | IsProtocolMethodDecl, false, false); | ||||
2622 | if (!match) | ||||
2623 | break; | ||||
2624 | } | ||||
2625 | if (match) | ||||
2626 | match = (ImpMethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodDecl->isVariadic()); | ||||
2627 | if (match) | ||||
2628 | match = !(MethodDecl->isClassMethod() && | ||||
2629 | MethodDecl->getSelector() == GetNullarySelector("load", Context)); | ||||
2630 | |||||
2631 | if (match) { | ||||
2632 | Diag(ImpMethodDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
2633 | diag::warn_category_method_impl_match); | ||||
2634 | Diag(MethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||
2635 | << MethodDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||
2636 | } | ||||
2637 | } | ||||
2638 | |||||
2639 | /// FIXME: Type hierarchies in Objective-C can be deep. We could most likely | ||||
2640 | /// improve the efficiency of selector lookups and type checking by associating | ||||
2641 | /// with each protocol / interface / category the flattened instance tables. If | ||||
2642 | /// we used an immutable set to keep the table then it wouldn't add significant | ||||
2643 | /// memory cost and it would be handy for lookups. | ||||
2644 | |||||
2645 | typedef llvm::DenseSet<IdentifierInfo*> ProtocolNameSet; | ||||
2646 | typedef std::unique_ptr<ProtocolNameSet> LazyProtocolNameSet; | ||||
2647 | |||||
2648 | static void findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, | ||||
2649 | ProtocolNameSet &PNS) { | ||||
2650 | if (PDecl->hasAttr<ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr>()) | ||||
2651 | PNS.insert(PDecl->getIdentifier()); | ||||
2652 | for (const auto *PI : PDecl->protocols()) | ||||
2653 | findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(PI, PNS); | ||||
2654 | } | ||||
2655 | |||||
2656 | /// Recursively populates a set with all conformed protocols in a class | ||||
2657 | /// hierarchy that have the 'objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation' | ||||
2658 | /// attribute. | ||||
2659 | static void findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super, | ||||
2660 | ProtocolNameSet &PNS) { | ||||
2661 | if (!Super) | ||||
2662 | return; | ||||
2663 | |||||
2664 | for (const auto *I : Super->all_referenced_protocols()) | ||||
2665 | findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(I, PNS); | ||||
2666 | |||||
2667 | findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(Super->getSuperClass(), PNS); | ||||
2668 | } | ||||
2669 | |||||
2670 | /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented methods | ||||
2671 | /// Declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. | ||||
2672 | static void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(Sema &S, | ||||
2673 | SourceLocation ImpLoc, | ||||
2674 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, | ||||
2675 | bool& IncompleteImpl, | ||||
2676 | const Sema::SelectorSet &InsMap, | ||||
2677 | const Sema::SelectorSet &ClsMap, | ||||
2678 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, | ||||
2679 | LazyProtocolNameSet &ProtocolsExplictImpl) { | ||||
2680 | ObjCCategoryDecl *C = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl); | ||||
2681 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = C ? C->getClassInterface() | ||||
2682 | : dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl); | ||||
2683 | assert (IDecl && "CheckProtocolMethodDefs - IDecl is null")((IDecl && "CheckProtocolMethodDefs - IDecl is null") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IDecl && \"CheckProtocolMethodDefs - IDecl is null\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2683, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2684 | |||||
2685 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IDecl->getSuperClass(); | ||||
2686 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSIDecl = nullptr; | ||||
2687 | |||||
2688 | // If this protocol is marked 'objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation' | ||||
2689 | // then we should check if any class in the super class hierarchy also | ||||
2690 | // conforms to this protocol, either directly or via protocol inheritance. | ||||
2691 | // If so, we can skip checking this protocol completely because we | ||||
2692 | // know that a parent class already satisfies this protocol. | ||||
2693 | // | ||||
2694 | // Note: we could generalize this logic for all protocols, and merely | ||||
2695 | // add the limit on looking at the super class chain for just | ||||
2696 | // specially marked protocols. This may be a good optimization. This | ||||
2697 | // change is restricted to 'objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation' | ||||
2698 | // protocols for now for controlled evaluation. | ||||
2699 | if (PDecl->hasAttr<ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr>()) { | ||||
2700 | if (!ProtocolsExplictImpl) { | ||||
2701 | ProtocolsExplictImpl.reset(new ProtocolNameSet); | ||||
2702 | findProtocolsWithExplicitImpls(Super, *ProtocolsExplictImpl); | ||||
2703 | } | ||||
2704 | if (ProtocolsExplictImpl->find(PDecl->getIdentifier()) != | ||||
2705 | ProtocolsExplictImpl->end()) | ||||
2706 | return; | ||||
2707 | |||||
2708 | // If no super class conforms to the protocol, we should not search | ||||
2709 | // for methods in the super class to implicitly satisfy the protocol. | ||||
2710 | Super = nullptr; | ||||
2711 | } | ||||
2712 | |||||
2713 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isNeXTFamily()) { | ||||
2714 | // check to see if class implements forwardInvocation method and objects | ||||
2715 | // of this class are derived from 'NSProxy' so that to forward requests | ||||
2716 | // from one object to another. | ||||
2717 | // Under such conditions, which means that every method possible is | ||||
2718 | // implemented in the class, we should not issue "Method definition not | ||||
2719 | // found" warnings. | ||||
2720 | // FIXME: Use a general GetUnarySelector method for this. | ||||
2721 | IdentifierInfo* II = &S.Context.Idents.get("forwardInvocation"); | ||||
2722 | Selector fISelector = S.Context.Selectors.getSelector(1, &II); | ||||
2723 | if (InsMap.count(fISelector)) | ||||
2724 | // Is IDecl derived from 'NSProxy'? If so, no instance methods | ||||
2725 | // need be implemented in the implementation. | ||||
2726 | NSIDecl = IDecl->lookupInheritedClass(&S.Context.Idents.get("NSProxy")); | ||||
2727 | } | ||||
2728 | |||||
2729 | // If this is a forward protocol declaration, get its definition. | ||||
2730 | if (!PDecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && | ||||
2731 | PDecl->getDefinition()) | ||||
2732 | PDecl = PDecl->getDefinition(); | ||||
2733 | |||||
2734 | // If a method lookup fails locally we still need to look and see if | ||||
2735 | // the method was implemented by a base class or an inherited | ||||
2736 | // protocol. This lookup is slow, but occurs rarely in correct code | ||||
2737 | // and otherwise would terminate in a warning. | ||||
2738 | |||||
2739 | // check unimplemented instance methods. | ||||
2740 | if (!NSIDecl) | ||||
2741 | for (auto *method : PDecl->instance_methods()) { | ||||
2742 | if (method->getImplementationControl() != ObjCMethodDecl::Optional && | ||||
2743 | !method->isPropertyAccessor() && | ||||
2744 | !InsMap.count(method->getSelector()) && | ||||
2745 | (!Super || !Super->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(), | ||||
2746 | true /* instance */, | ||||
2747 | false /* shallowCategory */, | ||||
2748 | true /* followsSuper */, | ||||
2749 | nullptr /* category */))) { | ||||
2750 | // If a method is not implemented in the category implementation but | ||||
2751 | // has been declared in its primary class, superclass, | ||||
2752 | // or in one of their protocols, no need to issue the warning. | ||||
2753 | // This is because method will be implemented in the primary class | ||||
2754 | // or one of its super class implementation. | ||||
2755 | |||||
2756 | // Ugly, but necessary. Method declared in protocol might have | ||||
2757 | // have been synthesized due to a property declared in the class which | ||||
2758 | // uses the protocol. | ||||
2759 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MethodInClass = | ||||
2760 | IDecl->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(), | ||||
2761 | true /* instance */, | ||||
2762 | true /* shallowCategoryLookup */, | ||||
2763 | false /* followSuper */)) | ||||
2764 | if (C || MethodInClass->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||
2765 | continue; | ||||
2766 | unsigned DIAG = diag::warn_unimplemented_protocol_method; | ||||
2767 | if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(DIAG, ImpLoc)) { | ||||
2768 | WarnUndefinedMethod(S, ImpLoc, method, IncompleteImpl, DIAG, | ||||
2769 | PDecl); | ||||
2770 | } | ||||
2771 | } | ||||
2772 | } | ||||
2773 | // check unimplemented class methods | ||||
2774 | for (auto *method : PDecl->class_methods()) { | ||||
2775 | if (method->getImplementationControl() != ObjCMethodDecl::Optional && | ||||
2776 | !ClsMap.count(method->getSelector()) && | ||||
2777 | (!Super || !Super->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(), | ||||
2778 | false /* class method */, | ||||
2779 | false /* shallowCategoryLookup */, | ||||
2780 | true /* followSuper */, | ||||
2781 | nullptr /* category */))) { | ||||
2782 | // See above comment for instance method lookups. | ||||
2783 | if (C && IDecl->lookupMethod(method->getSelector(), | ||||
2784 | false /* class */, | ||||
2785 | true /* shallowCategoryLookup */, | ||||
2786 | false /* followSuper */)) | ||||
2787 | continue; | ||||
2788 | |||||
2789 | unsigned DIAG = diag::warn_unimplemented_protocol_method; | ||||
2790 | if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(DIAG, ImpLoc)) { | ||||
2791 | WarnUndefinedMethod(S, ImpLoc, method, IncompleteImpl, DIAG, PDecl); | ||||
2792 | } | ||||
2793 | } | ||||
2794 | } | ||||
2795 | // Check on this protocols's referenced protocols, recursively. | ||||
2796 | for (auto *PI : PDecl->protocols()) | ||||
2797 | CheckProtocolMethodDefs(S, ImpLoc, PI, IncompleteImpl, InsMap, ClsMap, | ||||
2798 | CDecl, ProtocolsExplictImpl); | ||||
2799 | } | ||||
2800 | |||||
2801 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declared in interface | ||||
2802 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. | ||||
2803 | /// | ||||
2804 | void Sema::MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, | ||||
2805 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, | ||||
2806 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, | ||||
2807 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2808 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, | ||||
2809 | ObjCContainerDecl* CDecl, | ||||
2810 | bool &IncompleteImpl, | ||||
2811 | bool ImmediateClass, | ||||
2812 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl) { | ||||
2813 | // Check and see if instance methods in class interface have been | ||||
2814 | // implemented in the implementation class. If so, their types match. | ||||
2815 | for (auto *I : CDecl->instance_methods()) { | ||||
2816 | if (!InsMapSeen.insert(I->getSelector()).second) | ||||
2817 | continue; | ||||
2818 | if (!I->isPropertyAccessor() && | ||||
2819 | !InsMap.count(I->getSelector())) { | ||||
2820 | if (ImmediateClass) | ||||
2821 | WarnUndefinedMethod(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), I, IncompleteImpl, | ||||
2822 | diag::warn_undef_method_impl); | ||||
2823 | continue; | ||||
2824 | } else { | ||||
2825 | ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl = | ||||
2826 | IMPDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector()); | ||||
2827 | assert(CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true/*AllowHidden*/) &&((CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2828, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2828 | "Expected to find the method through lookup as well")((CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getInstanceMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2828, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2829 | // ImpMethodDecl may be null as in a @dynamic property. | ||||
2830 | if (ImpMethodDecl) { | ||||
2831 | if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl) | ||||
2832 | WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I, | ||||
2833 | isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)); | ||||
2834 | else if (!I->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||
2835 | WarnExactTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I, isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)); | ||||
2836 | } | ||||
2837 | } | ||||
2838 | } | ||||
2839 | |||||
2840 | // Check and see if class methods in class interface have been | ||||
2841 | // implemented in the implementation class. If so, their types match. | ||||
2842 | for (auto *I : CDecl->class_methods()) { | ||||
2843 | if (!ClsMapSeen.insert(I->getSelector()).second) | ||||
2844 | continue; | ||||
2845 | if (!I->isPropertyAccessor() && | ||||
2846 | !ClsMap.count(I->getSelector())) { | ||||
2847 | if (ImmediateClass) | ||||
2848 | WarnUndefinedMethod(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), I, IncompleteImpl, | ||||
2849 | diag::warn_undef_method_impl); | ||||
2850 | } else { | ||||
2851 | ObjCMethodDecl *ImpMethodDecl = | ||||
2852 | IMPDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector()); | ||||
2853 | assert(CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true/*AllowHidden*/) &&((CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2854, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2854 | "Expected to find the method through lookup as well")((CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && "Expected to find the method through lookup as well") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CDecl->getClassMethod(I->getSelector(), true ) && \"Expected to find the method through lookup as well\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 2854, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2855 | // ImpMethodDecl may be null as in a @dynamic property. | ||||
2856 | if (ImpMethodDecl) { | ||||
2857 | if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl) | ||||
2858 | WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I, | ||||
2859 | isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)); | ||||
2860 | else if (!I->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||
2861 | WarnExactTypedMethods(ImpMethodDecl, I, isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)); | ||||
2862 | } | ||||
2863 | } | ||||
2864 | } | ||||
2865 | |||||
2866 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl> (CDecl)) { | ||||
2867 | // Also, check for methods declared in protocols inherited by | ||||
2868 | // this protocol. | ||||
2869 | for (auto *PI : PD->protocols()) | ||||
2870 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2871 | IMPDecl, PI, IncompleteImpl, false, | ||||
2872 | WarnCategoryMethodImpl); | ||||
2873 | } | ||||
2874 | |||||
2875 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *I = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl> (CDecl)) { | ||||
2876 | // when checking that methods in implementation match their declaration, | ||||
2877 | // i.e. when WarnCategoryMethodImpl is false, check declarations in class | ||||
2878 | // extension; as well as those in categories. | ||||
2879 | if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl) { | ||||
2880 | for (auto *Cat : I->visible_categories()) | ||||
2881 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2882 | IMPDecl, Cat, IncompleteImpl, | ||||
2883 | ImmediateClass && Cat->IsClassExtension(), | ||||
2884 | WarnCategoryMethodImpl); | ||||
2885 | } else { | ||||
2886 | // Also methods in class extensions need be looked at next. | ||||
2887 | for (auto *Ext : I->visible_extensions()) | ||||
2888 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2889 | IMPDecl, Ext, IncompleteImpl, false, | ||||
2890 | WarnCategoryMethodImpl); | ||||
2891 | } | ||||
2892 | |||||
2893 | // Check for any implementation of a methods declared in protocol. | ||||
2894 | for (auto *PI : I->all_referenced_protocols()) | ||||
2895 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2896 | IMPDecl, PI, IncompleteImpl, false, | ||||
2897 | WarnCategoryMethodImpl); | ||||
2898 | |||||
2899 | // FIXME. For now, we are not checking for exact match of methods | ||||
2900 | // in category implementation and its primary class's super class. | ||||
2901 | if (!WarnCategoryMethodImpl && I->getSuperClass()) | ||||
2902 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2903 | IMPDecl, | ||||
2904 | I->getSuperClass(), IncompleteImpl, false); | ||||
2905 | } | ||||
2906 | } | ||||
2907 | |||||
2908 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in | ||||
2909 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and | ||||
2910 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. | ||||
2911 | void Sema::CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches( | ||||
2912 | ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMPDecl) { | ||||
2913 | // Get category's primary class. | ||||
2914 | ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = CatIMPDecl->getCategoryDecl(); | ||||
2915 | if (!CatDecl) | ||||
2916 | return; | ||||
2917 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CatDecl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
2918 | if (!IDecl) | ||||
2919 | return; | ||||
2920 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperIDecl = IDecl->getSuperClass(); | ||||
2921 | SelectorSet InsMap, ClsMap; | ||||
2922 | |||||
2923 | for (const auto *I : CatIMPDecl->instance_methods()) { | ||||
2924 | Selector Sel = I->getSelector(); | ||||
2925 | // When checking for methods implemented in the category, skip over | ||||
2926 | // those declared in category class's super class. This is because | ||||
2927 | // the super class must implement the method. | ||||
2928 | if (SuperIDecl && SuperIDecl->lookupMethod(Sel, true)) | ||||
2929 | continue; | ||||
2930 | InsMap.insert(Sel); | ||||
2931 | } | ||||
2932 | |||||
2933 | for (const auto *I : CatIMPDecl->class_methods()) { | ||||
2934 | Selector Sel = I->getSelector(); | ||||
2935 | if (SuperIDecl && SuperIDecl->lookupMethod(Sel, false)) | ||||
2936 | continue; | ||||
2937 | ClsMap.insert(Sel); | ||||
2938 | } | ||||
2939 | if (InsMap.empty() && ClsMap.empty()) | ||||
2940 | return; | ||||
2941 | |||||
2942 | SelectorSet InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen; | ||||
2943 | bool IncompleteImpl = false; | ||||
2944 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2945 | CatIMPDecl, IDecl, | ||||
2946 | IncompleteImpl, false, | ||||
2947 | true /*WarnCategoryMethodImpl*/); | ||||
2948 | } | ||||
2949 | |||||
2950 | void Sema::ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, | ||||
2951 | ObjCContainerDecl* CDecl, | ||||
2952 | bool IncompleteImpl) { | ||||
2953 | SelectorSet InsMap; | ||||
2954 | // Check and see if instance methods in class interface have been | ||||
2955 | // implemented in the implementation class. | ||||
2956 | for (const auto *I : IMPDecl->instance_methods()) | ||||
2957 | InsMap.insert(I->getSelector()); | ||||
2958 | |||||
2959 | // Add the selectors for getters/setters of @dynamic properties. | ||||
2960 | for (const auto *PImpl : IMPDecl->property_impls()) { | ||||
2961 | // We only care about @dynamic implementations. | ||||
2962 | if (PImpl->getPropertyImplementation() != ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) | ||||
2963 | continue; | ||||
2964 | |||||
2965 | const auto *P = PImpl->getPropertyDecl(); | ||||
2966 | if (!P) continue; | ||||
2967 | |||||
2968 | InsMap.insert(P->getGetterName()); | ||||
2969 | if (!P->getSetterName().isNull()) | ||||
2970 | InsMap.insert(P->getSetterName()); | ||||
2971 | } | ||||
2972 | |||||
2973 | // Check and see if properties declared in the interface have either 1) | ||||
2974 | // an implementation or 2) there is a @synthesize/@dynamic implementation | ||||
2975 | // of the property in the @implementation. | ||||
2976 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { | ||||
2977 | bool SynthesizeProperties = LangOpts.ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && | ||||
2978 | LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && | ||||
2979 | !IDecl->isObjCRequiresPropertyDefs(); | ||||
2980 | DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(S, IMPDecl, CDecl, SynthesizeProperties); | ||||
2981 | } | ||||
2982 | |||||
2983 | // Diagnose null-resettable synthesized setters. | ||||
2984 | diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(IMPDecl); | ||||
2985 | |||||
2986 | SelectorSet ClsMap; | ||||
2987 | for (const auto *I : IMPDecl->class_methods()) | ||||
2988 | ClsMap.insert(I->getSelector()); | ||||
2989 | |||||
2990 | // Check for type conflict of methods declared in a class/protocol and | ||||
2991 | // its implementation; if any. | ||||
2992 | SelectorSet InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen; | ||||
2993 | MatchAllMethodDeclarations(InsMap, ClsMap, InsMapSeen, ClsMapSeen, | ||||
2994 | IMPDecl, CDecl, | ||||
2995 | IncompleteImpl, true); | ||||
2996 | |||||
2997 | // check all methods implemented in category against those declared | ||||
2998 | // in its primary class. | ||||
2999 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatDecl = | ||||
3000 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(IMPDecl)) | ||||
3001 | CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(CatDecl); | ||||
3002 | |||||
3003 | // Check the protocol list for unimplemented methods in the @implementation | ||||
3004 | // class. | ||||
3005 | // Check and see if class methods in class interface have been | ||||
3006 | // implemented in the implementation class. | ||||
3007 | |||||
3008 | LazyProtocolNameSet ExplicitImplProtocols; | ||||
3009 | |||||
3010 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *I = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl> (CDecl)) { | ||||
3011 | for (auto *PI : I->all_referenced_protocols()) | ||||
3012 | CheckProtocolMethodDefs(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), PI, IncompleteImpl, | ||||
3013 | InsMap, ClsMap, I, ExplicitImplProtocols); | ||||
3014 | } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *C = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { | ||||
3015 | // For extended class, unimplemented methods in its protocols will | ||||
3016 | // be reported in the primary class. | ||||
3017 | if (!C->IsClassExtension()) { | ||||
3018 | for (auto *P : C->protocols()) | ||||
3019 | CheckProtocolMethodDefs(*this, IMPDecl->getLocation(), P, | ||||
3020 | IncompleteImpl, InsMap, ClsMap, CDecl, | ||||
3021 | ExplicitImplProtocols); | ||||
3022 | DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(S, IMPDecl, CDecl, | ||||
3023 | /*SynthesizeProperties=*/false); | ||||
3024 | } | ||||
3025 | } else | ||||
3026 | llvm_unreachable("invalid ObjCContainerDecl type.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ObjCContainerDecl type." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3026); | ||||
3027 | } | ||||
3028 | |||||
3029 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy | ||||
3030 | Sema::ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation AtClassLoc, | ||||
3031 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, | ||||
3032 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, | ||||
3033 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, | ||||
3034 | unsigned NumElts) { | ||||
3035 | SmallVector<Decl *, 8> DeclsInGroup; | ||||
3036 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { | ||||
3037 | // Check for another declaration kind with the same name. | ||||
3038 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl | ||||
3039 | = LookupSingleName(TUScope, IdentList[i], IdentLocs[i], | ||||
3040 | LookupOrdinaryName, forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
3041 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
3042 | // GCC apparently allows the following idiom: | ||||
3043 | // | ||||
3044 | // typedef NSObject < XCElementTogglerP > XCElementToggler; | ||||
3045 | // @class XCElementToggler; | ||||
3046 | // | ||||
3047 | // Here we have chosen to ignore the forward class declaration | ||||
3048 | // with a warning. Since this is the implied behavior. | ||||
3049 | TypedefNameDecl *TDD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl); | ||||
3050 | if (!TDD || !TDD->getUnderlyingType()->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||
3051 | Diag(AtClassLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << IdentList[i]; | ||||
3052 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
3053 | } else { | ||||
3054 | // a forward class declaration matching a typedef name of a class refers | ||||
3055 | // to the underlying class. Just ignore the forward class with a warning | ||||
3056 | // as this will force the intended behavior which is to lookup the | ||||
3057 | // typedef name. | ||||
3058 | if (isa<ObjCObjectType>(TDD->getUnderlyingType())) { | ||||
3059 | Diag(AtClassLoc, diag::warn_forward_class_redefinition) | ||||
3060 | << IdentList[i]; | ||||
3061 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
3062 | continue; | ||||
3063 | } | ||||
3064 | } | ||||
3065 | } | ||||
3066 | |||||
3067 | // Create a declaration to describe this forward declaration. | ||||
3068 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevIDecl | ||||
3069 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(PrevDecl); | ||||
3070 | |||||
3071 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName = IdentList[i]; | ||||
3072 | if (PrevIDecl && PrevIDecl->getIdentifier() != ClassName) { | ||||
3073 | // A previous decl with a different name is because of | ||||
3074 | // @compatibility_alias, for example: | ||||
3075 | // \code | ||||
3076 | // @class NewImage; | ||||
3077 | // @compatibility_alias OldImage NewImage; | ||||
3078 | // \endcode | ||||
3079 | // A lookup for 'OldImage' will return the 'NewImage' decl. | ||||
3080 | // | ||||
3081 | // In such a case use the real declaration name, instead of the alias one, | ||||
3082 | // otherwise we will break IdentifierResolver and redecls-chain invariants. | ||||
3083 | // FIXME: If necessary, add a bit to indicate that this ObjCInterfaceDecl | ||||
3084 | // has been aliased. | ||||
3085 | ClassName = PrevIDecl->getIdentifier(); | ||||
3086 | } | ||||
3087 | |||||
3088 | // If this forward declaration has type parameters, compare them with the | ||||
3089 | // type parameters of the previous declaration. | ||||
3090 | ObjCTypeParamList *TypeParams = TypeParamLists[i]; | ||||
3091 | if (PrevIDecl && TypeParams) { | ||||
3092 | if (ObjCTypeParamList *PrevTypeParams = PrevIDecl->getTypeParamList()) { | ||||
3093 | // Check for consistency with the previous declaration. | ||||
3094 | if (checkTypeParamListConsistency( | ||||
3095 | *this, PrevTypeParams, TypeParams, | ||||
3096 | TypeParamListContext::ForwardDeclaration)) { | ||||
3097 | TypeParams = nullptr; | ||||
3098 | } | ||||
3099 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = PrevIDecl->getDefinition()) { | ||||
3100 | // The @interface does not have type parameters. Complain. | ||||
3101 | Diag(IdentLocs[i], diag::err_objc_parameterized_forward_class) | ||||
3102 | << ClassName | ||||
3103 | << TypeParams->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3104 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | ||||
3105 | << ClassName; | ||||
3106 | |||||
3107 | TypeParams = nullptr; | ||||
3108 | } | ||||
3109 | } | ||||
3110 | |||||
3111 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl | ||||
3112 | = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AtClassLoc, | ||||
3113 | ClassName, TypeParams, PrevIDecl, | ||||
3114 | IdentLocs[i]); | ||||
3115 | IDecl->setAtEndRange(IdentLocs[i]); | ||||
3116 | |||||
3117 | PushOnScopeChains(IDecl, TUScope); | ||||
3118 | CheckObjCDeclScope(IDecl); | ||||
3119 | DeclsInGroup.push_back(IDecl); | ||||
3120 | } | ||||
3121 | |||||
3122 | return BuildDeclaratorGroup(DeclsInGroup); | ||||
3123 | } | ||||
3124 | |||||
3125 | static bool tryMatchRecordTypes(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3126 | Sema::MethodMatchStrategy strategy, | ||||
3127 | const Type *left, const Type *right); | ||||
3128 | |||||
3129 | static bool matchTypes(ASTContext &Context, Sema::MethodMatchStrategy strategy, | ||||
3130 | QualType leftQT, QualType rightQT) { | ||||
3131 | const Type *left = | ||||
3132 | Context.getCanonicalType(leftQT).getUnqualifiedType().getTypePtr(); | ||||
3133 | const Type *right = | ||||
3134 | Context.getCanonicalType(rightQT).getUnqualifiedType().getTypePtr(); | ||||
3135 | |||||
3136 | if (left == right) return true; | ||||
3137 | |||||
3138 | // If we're doing a strict match, the types have to match exactly. | ||||
3139 | if (strategy == Sema::MMS_strict) return false; | ||||
3140 | |||||
3141 | if (left->isIncompleteType() || right->isIncompleteType()) return false; | ||||
3142 | |||||
3143 | // Otherwise, use this absurdly complicated algorithm to try to | ||||
3144 | // validate the basic, low-level compatibility of the two types. | ||||
3145 | |||||
3146 | // As a minimum, require the sizes and alignments to match. | ||||
3147 | TypeInfo LeftTI = Context.getTypeInfo(left); | ||||
3148 | TypeInfo RightTI = Context.getTypeInfo(right); | ||||
3149 | if (LeftTI.Width != RightTI.Width) | ||||
3150 | return false; | ||||
3151 | |||||
3152 | if (LeftTI.Align != RightTI.Align) | ||||
3153 | return false; | ||||
3154 | |||||
3155 | // Consider all the kinds of non-dependent canonical types: | ||||
3156 | // - functions and arrays aren't possible as return and parameter types | ||||
3157 | |||||
3158 | // - vector types of equal size can be arbitrarily mixed | ||||
3159 | if (isa<VectorType>(left)) return isa<VectorType>(right); | ||||
3160 | if (isa<VectorType>(right)) return false; | ||||
3161 | |||||
3162 | // - references should only match references of identical type | ||||
3163 | // - structs, unions, and Objective-C objects must match more-or-less | ||||
3164 | // exactly | ||||
3165 | // - everything else should be a scalar | ||||
3166 | if (!left->isScalarType() || !right->isScalarType()) | ||||
3167 | return tryMatchRecordTypes(Context, strategy, left, right); | ||||
3168 | |||||
3169 | // Make scalars agree in kind, except count bools as chars, and group | ||||
3170 | // all non-member pointers together. | ||||
3171 | Type::ScalarTypeKind leftSK = left->getScalarTypeKind(); | ||||
3172 | Type::ScalarTypeKind rightSK = right->getScalarTypeKind(); | ||||
3173 | if (leftSK == Type::STK_Bool) leftSK = Type::STK_Integral; | ||||
3174 | if (rightSK == Type::STK_Bool) rightSK = Type::STK_Integral; | ||||
3175 | if (leftSK == Type::STK_CPointer || leftSK == Type::STK_BlockPointer) | ||||
3176 | leftSK = Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer; | ||||
3177 | if (rightSK == Type::STK_CPointer || rightSK == Type::STK_BlockPointer) | ||||
3178 | rightSK = Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer; | ||||
3179 | |||||
3180 | // Note that data member pointers and function member pointers don't | ||||
3181 | // intermix because of the size differences. | ||||
3182 | |||||
3183 | return (leftSK == rightSK); | ||||
3184 | } | ||||
3185 | |||||
3186 | static bool tryMatchRecordTypes(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3187 | Sema::MethodMatchStrategy strategy, | ||||
3188 | const Type *lt, const Type *rt) { | ||||
3189 | assert(lt && rt && lt != rt)((lt && rt && lt != rt) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("lt && rt && lt != rt" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3189, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3190 | |||||
3191 | if (!isa<RecordType>(lt) || !isa<RecordType>(rt)) return false; | ||||
3192 | RecordDecl *left = cast<RecordType>(lt)->getDecl(); | ||||
3193 | RecordDecl *right = cast<RecordType>(rt)->getDecl(); | ||||
3194 | |||||
3195 | // Require union-hood to match. | ||||
3196 | if (left->isUnion() != right->isUnion()) return false; | ||||
3197 | |||||
3198 | // Require an exact match if either is non-POD. | ||||
3199 | if ((isa<CXXRecordDecl>(left) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(left)->isPOD()) || | ||||
3200 | (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(right) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(right)->isPOD())) | ||||
3201 | return false; | ||||
3202 | |||||
3203 | // Require size and alignment to match. | ||||
3204 | TypeInfo LeftTI = Context.getTypeInfo(lt); | ||||
3205 | TypeInfo RightTI = Context.getTypeInfo(rt); | ||||
3206 | if (LeftTI.Width != RightTI.Width) | ||||
3207 | return false; | ||||
3208 | |||||
3209 | if (LeftTI.Align != RightTI.Align) | ||||
3210 | return false; | ||||
3211 | |||||
3212 | // Require fields to match. | ||||
3213 | RecordDecl::field_iterator li = left->field_begin(), le = left->field_end(); | ||||
3214 | RecordDecl::field_iterator ri = right->field_begin(), re = right->field_end(); | ||||
3215 | for (; li != le && ri != re; ++li, ++ri) { | ||||
3216 | if (!matchTypes(Context, strategy, li->getType(), ri->getType())) | ||||
3217 | return false; | ||||
3218 | } | ||||
3219 | return (li == le && ri == re); | ||||
3220 | } | ||||
3221 | |||||
3222 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks that two methods have matching type and | ||||
3223 | /// returns true, or false, accordingly. | ||||
3224 | /// TODO: Handle protocol list; such as id<p1,p2> in type comparisons | ||||
3225 | bool Sema::MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *left, | ||||
3226 | const ObjCMethodDecl *right, | ||||
3227 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy) { | ||||
3228 | if (!matchTypes(Context, strategy, left->getReturnType(), | ||||
3229 | right->getReturnType())) | ||||
3230 | return false; | ||||
3231 | |||||
3232 | // If either is hidden, it is not considered to match. | ||||
3233 | if (left->isHidden() || right->isHidden()) | ||||
3234 | return false; | ||||
3235 | |||||
3236 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
3237 | (left->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() | ||||
3238 | != right->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>() || | ||||
3239 | left->hasAttr<NSConsumesSelfAttr>() | ||||
3240 | != right->hasAttr<NSConsumesSelfAttr>())) | ||||
3241 | return false; | ||||
3242 | |||||
3243 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator | ||||
3244 | li = left->param_begin(), le = left->param_end(), ri = right->param_begin(), | ||||
3245 | re = right->param_end(); | ||||
3246 | |||||
3247 | for (; li != le && ri != re; ++li, ++ri) { | ||||
3248 | assert(ri != right->param_end() && "Param mismatch")((ri != right->param_end() && "Param mismatch") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ri != right->param_end() && \"Param mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3248, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3249 | const ParmVarDecl *lparm = *li, *rparm = *ri; | ||||
3250 | |||||
3251 | if (!matchTypes(Context, strategy, lparm->getType(), rparm->getType())) | ||||
3252 | return false; | ||||
3253 | |||||
3254 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
3255 | lparm->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>() != rparm->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) | ||||
3256 | return false; | ||||
3257 | } | ||||
3258 | return true; | ||||
3259 | } | ||||
3260 | |||||
3261 | static bool isMethodContextSameForKindofLookup(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
3262 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodInList) { | ||||
3263 | auto *MethodProtocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3264 | auto *MethodInListProtocol = | ||||
3265 | dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(MethodInList->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3266 | // If this method belongs to a protocol but the method in list does not, or | ||||
3267 | // vice versa, we say the context is not the same. | ||||
3268 | if ((MethodProtocol && !MethodInListProtocol) || | ||||
3269 | (!MethodProtocol && MethodInListProtocol)) | ||||
3270 | return false; | ||||
3271 | |||||
3272 | if (MethodProtocol && MethodInListProtocol) | ||||
3273 | return true; | ||||
3274 | |||||
3275 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *MethodInterface = Method->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3276 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *MethodInListInterface = | ||||
3277 | MethodInList->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3278 | return MethodInterface == MethodInListInterface; | ||||
3279 | } | ||||
3280 | |||||
3281 | void Sema::addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, | ||||
3282 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
3283 | // Record at the head of the list whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 methods | ||||
3284 | // inside categories. | ||||
3285 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = | ||||
3286 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())) | ||||
3287 | if (!CD->IsClassExtension() && List->getBits() < 2) | ||||
3288 | List->setBits(List->getBits() + 1); | ||||
3289 | |||||
3290 | // If the list is empty, make it a singleton list. | ||||
3291 | if (List->getMethod() == nullptr) { | ||||
3292 | List->setMethod(Method); | ||||
3293 | List->setNext(nullptr); | ||||
3294 | return; | ||||
3295 | } | ||||
3296 | |||||
3297 | // We've seen a method with this name, see if we have already seen this type | ||||
3298 | // signature. | ||||
3299 | ObjCMethodList *Previous = List; | ||||
3300 | ObjCMethodList *ListWithSameDeclaration = nullptr; | ||||
3301 | for (; List; Previous = List, List = List->getNext()) { | ||||
3302 | // If we are building a module, keep all of the methods. | ||||
3303 | if (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()) | ||||
3304 | continue; | ||||
3305 | |||||
3306 | bool SameDeclaration = MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, | ||||
3307 | List->getMethod()); | ||||
3308 | // Looking for method with a type bound requires the correct context exists. | ||||
3309 | // We need to insert a method into the list if the context is different. | ||||
3310 | // If the method's declaration matches the list | ||||
3311 | // a> the method belongs to a different context: we need to insert it, in | ||||
3312 | // order to emit the availability message, we need to prioritize over | ||||
3313 | // availability among the methods with the same declaration. | ||||
3314 | // b> the method belongs to the same context: there is no need to insert a | ||||
3315 | // new entry. | ||||
3316 | // If the method's declaration does not match the list, we insert it to the | ||||
3317 | // end. | ||||
3318 | if (!SameDeclaration || | ||||
3319 | !isMethodContextSameForKindofLookup(Method, List->getMethod())) { | ||||
3320 | // Even if two method types do not match, we would like to say | ||||
3321 | // there is more than one declaration so unavailability/deprecated | ||||
3322 | // warning is not too noisy. | ||||
3323 | if (!Method->isDefined()) | ||||
3324 | List->setHasMoreThanOneDecl(true); | ||||
3325 | |||||
3326 | // For methods with the same declaration, the one that is deprecated | ||||
3327 | // should be put in the front for better diagnostics. | ||||
3328 | if (Method->isDeprecated() && SameDeclaration && | ||||
3329 | !ListWithSameDeclaration && !List->getMethod()->isDeprecated()) | ||||
3330 | ListWithSameDeclaration = List; | ||||
3331 | |||||
3332 | if (Method->isUnavailable() && SameDeclaration && | ||||
3333 | !ListWithSameDeclaration && | ||||
3334 | List->getMethod()->getAvailability() < AR_Deprecated) | ||||
3335 | ListWithSameDeclaration = List; | ||||
3336 | continue; | ||||
3337 | } | ||||
3338 | |||||
3339 | ObjCMethodDecl *PrevObjCMethod = List->getMethod(); | ||||
3340 | |||||
3341 | // Propagate the 'defined' bit. | ||||
3342 | if (Method->isDefined()) | ||||
3343 | PrevObjCMethod->setDefined(true); | ||||
3344 | else { | ||||
3345 | // Objective-C doesn't allow an @interface for a class after its | ||||
3346 | // @implementation. So if Method is not defined and there already is | ||||
3347 | // an entry for this type signature, Method has to be for a different | ||||
3348 | // class than PrevObjCMethod. | ||||
3349 | List->setHasMoreThanOneDecl(true); | ||||
3350 | } | ||||
3351 | |||||
3352 | // If a method is deprecated, push it in the global pool. | ||||
3353 | // This is used for better diagnostics. | ||||
3354 | if (Method->isDeprecated()) { | ||||
3355 | if (!PrevObjCMethod->isDeprecated()) | ||||
3356 | List->setMethod(Method); | ||||
3357 | } | ||||
3358 | // If the new method is unavailable, push it into global pool | ||||
3359 | // unless previous one is deprecated. | ||||
3360 | if (Method->isUnavailable()) { | ||||
3361 | if (PrevObjCMethod->getAvailability() < AR_Deprecated) | ||||
3362 | List->setMethod(Method); | ||||
3363 | } | ||||
3364 | |||||
3365 | return; | ||||
3366 | } | ||||
3367 | |||||
3368 | // We have a new signature for an existing method - add it. | ||||
3369 | // This is extremely rare. Only 1% of Cocoa selectors are "overloaded". | ||||
3370 | ObjCMethodList *Mem = BumpAlloc.Allocate<ObjCMethodList>(); | ||||
3371 | |||||
3372 | // We insert it right before ListWithSameDeclaration. | ||||
3373 | if (ListWithSameDeclaration) { | ||||
3374 | auto *List = new (Mem) ObjCMethodList(*ListWithSameDeclaration); | ||||
3375 | // FIXME: should we clear the other bits in ListWithSameDeclaration? | ||||
3376 | ListWithSameDeclaration->setMethod(Method); | ||||
3377 | ListWithSameDeclaration->setNext(List); | ||||
3378 | return; | ||||
3379 | } | ||||
3380 | |||||
3381 | Previous->setNext(new (Mem) ObjCMethodList(Method)); | ||||
3382 | } | ||||
3383 | |||||
3384 | /// Read the contents of the method pool for a given selector from | ||||
3385 | /// external storage. | ||||
3386 | void Sema::ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel) { | ||||
3387 | assert(ExternalSource && "We need an external AST source")((ExternalSource && "We need an external AST source") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ExternalSource && \"We need an external AST source\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3387, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3388 | ExternalSource->ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
3389 | } | ||||
3390 | |||||
3391 | void Sema::updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel) { | ||||
3392 | if (!ExternalSource) | ||||
3393 | return; | ||||
3394 | ExternalSource->updateOutOfDateSelector(Sel); | ||||
3395 | } | ||||
3396 | |||||
3397 | void Sema::AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, | ||||
3398 | bool instance) { | ||||
3399 | // Ignore methods of invalid containers. | ||||
3400 | if (cast<Decl>(Method->getDeclContext())->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
3401 | return; | ||||
3402 | |||||
3403 | if (ExternalSource) | ||||
3404 | ReadMethodPool(Method->getSelector()); | ||||
3405 | |||||
3406 | GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Method->getSelector()); | ||||
3407 | if (Pos == MethodPool.end()) | ||||
3408 | Pos = MethodPool.insert(std::make_pair(Method->getSelector(), | ||||
3409 | GlobalMethods())).first; | ||||
3410 | |||||
3411 | Method->setDefined(impl); | ||||
3412 | |||||
3413 | ObjCMethodList &Entry = instance ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second; | ||||
3414 | addMethodToGlobalList(&Entry, Method); | ||||
3415 | } | ||||
3416 | |||||
3417 | /// Determines if this is an "acceptable" loose mismatch in the global | ||||
3418 | /// method pool. This exists mostly as a hack to get around certain | ||||
3419 | /// global mismatches which we can't afford to make warnings / errors. | ||||
3420 | /// Really, what we want is a way to take a method out of the global | ||||
3421 | /// method pool. | ||||
3422 | static bool isAcceptableMethodMismatch(ObjCMethodDecl *chosen, | ||||
3423 | ObjCMethodDecl *other) { | ||||
3424 | if (!chosen->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||
3425 | return false; | ||||
3426 | |||||
3427 | Selector sel = chosen->getSelector(); | ||||
3428 | if (!sel.isUnarySelector() || sel.getNameForSlot(0) != "length") | ||||
3429 | return false; | ||||
3430 | |||||
3431 | // Don't complain about mismatches for -length if the method we | ||||
3432 | // chose has an integral result type. | ||||
3433 | return (chosen->getReturnType()->isIntegerType()); | ||||
3434 | } | ||||
3435 | |||||
3436 | /// Return true if the given method is wthin the type bound. | ||||
3437 | static bool FilterMethodsByTypeBound(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
3438 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound) { | ||||
3439 | if (!TypeBound) | ||||
3440 | return true; | ||||
3441 | |||||
3442 | if (TypeBound->isObjCId()) | ||||
3443 | // FIXME: should we handle the case of bounding to id<A, B> differently? | ||||
3444 | return true; | ||||
3445 | |||||
3446 | auto *BoundInterface = TypeBound->getInterface(); | ||||
3447 | assert(BoundInterface && "unexpected object type!")((BoundInterface && "unexpected object type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BoundInterface && \"unexpected object type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3447, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3448 | |||||
3449 | // Check if the Method belongs to a protocol. We should allow any method | ||||
3450 | // defined in any protocol, because any subclass could adopt the protocol. | ||||
3451 | auto *MethodProtocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3452 | if (MethodProtocol) { | ||||
3453 | return true; | ||||
3454 | } | ||||
3455 | |||||
3456 | // If the Method belongs to a class, check if it belongs to the class | ||||
3457 | // hierarchy of the class bound. | ||||
3458 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *MethodInterface = Method->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
3459 | // We allow methods declared within classes that are part of the hierarchy | ||||
3460 | // of the class bound (superclass of, subclass of, or the same as the class | ||||
3461 | // bound). | ||||
3462 | return MethodInterface == BoundInterface || | ||||
3463 | MethodInterface->isSuperClassOf(BoundInterface) || | ||||
3464 | BoundInterface->isSuperClassOf(MethodInterface); | ||||
3465 | } | ||||
3466 | llvm_unreachable("unknown method context")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown method context", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3466); | ||||
3467 | } | ||||
3468 | |||||
3469 | /// We first select the type of the method: Instance or Factory, then collect | ||||
3470 | /// all methods with that type. | ||||
3471 | bool Sema::CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool( | ||||
3472 | Selector Sel, SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods, | ||||
3473 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, | ||||
3474 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound) { | ||||
3475 | if (ExternalSource) | ||||
3476 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
3477 | |||||
3478 | GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel); | ||||
3479 | if (Pos == MethodPool.end()) | ||||
3480 | return false; | ||||
3481 | |||||
3482 | // Gather the non-hidden methods. | ||||
3483 | ObjCMethodList &MethList = InstanceFirst ? Pos->second.first : | ||||
3484 | Pos->second.second; | ||||
3485 | for (ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList; M; M = M->getNext()) | ||||
3486 | if (M->getMethod() && !M->getMethod()->isHidden()) { | ||||
3487 | if (FilterMethodsByTypeBound(M->getMethod(), TypeBound)) | ||||
3488 | Methods.push_back(M->getMethod()); | ||||
3489 | } | ||||
3490 | |||||
3491 | // Return if we find any method with the desired kind. | ||||
3492 | if (!Methods.empty()) | ||||
3493 | return Methods.size() > 1; | ||||
3494 | |||||
3495 | if (!CheckTheOther) | ||||
3496 | return false; | ||||
3497 | |||||
3498 | // Gather the other kind. | ||||
3499 | ObjCMethodList &MethList2 = InstanceFirst ? Pos->second.second : | ||||
3500 | Pos->second.first; | ||||
3501 | for (ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList2; M; M = M->getNext()) | ||||
3502 | if (M->getMethod() && !M->getMethod()->isHidden()) { | ||||
3503 | if (FilterMethodsByTypeBound(M->getMethod(), TypeBound)) | ||||
3504 | Methods.push_back(M->getMethod()); | ||||
3505 | } | ||||
3506 | |||||
3507 | return Methods.size() > 1; | ||||
3508 | } | ||||
3509 | |||||
3510 | bool Sema::AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool( | ||||
3511 | Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, SourceRange R, | ||||
3512 | bool receiverIdOrClass, SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { | ||||
3513 | // Diagnose finding more than one method in global pool. | ||||
3514 | SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> FilteredMethods; | ||||
3515 | FilteredMethods.push_back(BestMethod); | ||||
3516 | |||||
3517 | for (auto *M : Methods) | ||||
3518 | if (M != BestMethod && !M->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) | ||||
3519 | FilteredMethods.push_back(M); | ||||
3520 | |||||
3521 | if (FilteredMethods.size() > 1) | ||||
3522 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(FilteredMethods, Sel, R, | ||||
3523 | receiverIdOrClass); | ||||
3524 | |||||
3525 | GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel); | ||||
3526 | // Test for no method in the pool which should not trigger any warning by | ||||
3527 | // caller. | ||||
3528 | if (Pos == MethodPool.end()) | ||||
3529 | return true; | ||||
3530 | ObjCMethodList &MethList = | ||||
3531 | BestMethod->isInstanceMethod() ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second; | ||||
3532 | return MethList.hasMoreThanOneDecl(); | ||||
3533 | } | ||||
3534 | |||||
3535 | ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, | ||||
3536 | bool receiverIdOrClass, | ||||
3537 | bool instance) { | ||||
3538 | if (ExternalSource) | ||||
3539 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
3540 | |||||
3541 | GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel); | ||||
3542 | if (Pos == MethodPool.end()) | ||||
3543 | return nullptr; | ||||
3544 | |||||
3545 | // Gather the non-hidden methods. | ||||
3546 | ObjCMethodList &MethList = instance ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second; | ||||
3547 | SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> Methods; | ||||
3548 | for (ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList; M; M = M->getNext()) { | ||||
3549 | if (M->getMethod() && !M->getMethod()->isHidden()) | ||||
3550 | return M->getMethod(); | ||||
3551 | } | ||||
3552 | return nullptr; | ||||
3553 | } | ||||
3554 | |||||
3555 | void Sema::DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, | ||||
3556 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, | ||||
3557 | bool receiverIdOrClass) { | ||||
3558 | // We found multiple methods, so we may have to complain. | ||||
3559 | bool issueDiagnostic = false, issueError = false; | ||||
3560 | |||||
3561 | // We support a warning which complains about *any* difference in | ||||
3562 | // method signature. | ||||
3563 | bool strictSelectorMatch = | ||||
3564 | receiverIdOrClass && | ||||
3565 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_strict_multiple_method_decl, R.getBegin()); | ||||
3566 | if (strictSelectorMatch) { | ||||
3567 | for (unsigned I = 1, N = Methods.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
3568 | if (!MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Methods[0], Methods[I], MMS_strict)) { | ||||
3569 | issueDiagnostic = true; | ||||
3570 | break; | ||||
3571 | } | ||||
3572 | } | ||||
3573 | } | ||||
3574 | |||||
3575 | // If we didn't see any strict differences, we won't see any loose | ||||
3576 | // differences. In ARC, however, we also need to check for loose | ||||
3577 | // mismatches, because most of them are errors. | ||||
3578 | if (!strictSelectorMatch || | ||||
3579 | (issueDiagnostic && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)) | ||||
3580 | for (unsigned I = 1, N = Methods.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
3581 | // This checks if the methods differ in type mismatch. | ||||
3582 | if (!MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Methods[0], Methods[I], MMS_loose) && | ||||
3583 | !isAcceptableMethodMismatch(Methods[0], Methods[I])) { | ||||
3584 | issueDiagnostic = true; | ||||
3585 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
3586 | issueError = true; | ||||
3587 | break; | ||||
3588 | } | ||||
3589 | } | ||||
3590 | |||||
3591 | if (issueDiagnostic) { | ||||
3592 | if (issueError) | ||||
3593 | Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::err_arc_multiple_method_decl) << Sel << R; | ||||
3594 | else if (strictSelectorMatch) | ||||
3595 | Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::warn_strict_multiple_method_decl) << Sel << R; | ||||
3596 | else | ||||
3597 | Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::warn_multiple_method_decl) << Sel << R; | ||||
3598 | |||||
3599 | Diag(Methods[0]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
3600 | issueError ? diag::note_possibility : diag::note_using) | ||||
3601 | << Methods[0]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3602 | for (unsigned I = 1, N = Methods.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
3603 | Diag(Methods[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_also_found) | ||||
3604 | << Methods[I]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3605 | } | ||||
3606 | } | ||||
3607 | } | ||||
3608 | |||||
3609 | ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel) { | ||||
3610 | GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = MethodPool.find(Sel); | ||||
3611 | if (Pos == MethodPool.end()) | ||||
3612 | return nullptr; | ||||
3613 | |||||
3614 | GlobalMethods &Methods = Pos->second; | ||||
3615 | for (const ObjCMethodList *Method = &Methods.first; Method; | ||||
3616 | Method = Method->getNext()) | ||||
3617 | if (Method->getMethod() && | ||||
3618 | (Method->getMethod()->isDefined() || | ||||
3619 | Method->getMethod()->isPropertyAccessor())) | ||||
3620 | return Method->getMethod(); | ||||
3621 | |||||
3622 | for (const ObjCMethodList *Method = &Methods.second; Method; | ||||
3623 | Method = Method->getNext()) | ||||
3624 | if (Method->getMethod() && | ||||
3625 | (Method->getMethod()->isDefined() || | ||||
3626 | Method->getMethod()->isPropertyAccessor())) | ||||
3627 | return Method->getMethod(); | ||||
3628 | return nullptr; | ||||
3629 | } | ||||
3630 | |||||
3631 | static void | ||||
3632 | HelperSelectorsForTypoCorrection( | ||||
3633 | SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCMethodDecl *> &BestMethod, | ||||
3634 | StringRef Typo, const ObjCMethodDecl * Method) { | ||||
3635 | const unsigned MaxEditDistance = 1; | ||||
3636 | unsigned BestEditDistance = MaxEditDistance + 1; | ||||
3637 | std::string MethodName = Method->getSelector().getAsString(); | ||||
3638 | |||||
3639 | unsigned MinPossibleEditDistance = abs((int)MethodName.size() - (int)Typo.size()); | ||||
3640 | if (MinPossibleEditDistance > 0 && | ||||
3641 | Typo.size() / MinPossibleEditDistance < 1) | ||||
3642 | return; | ||||
3643 | unsigned EditDistance = Typo.edit_distance(MethodName, true, MaxEditDistance); | ||||
3644 | if (EditDistance > MaxEditDistance) | ||||
3645 | return; | ||||
3646 | if (EditDistance == BestEditDistance) | ||||
3647 | BestMethod.push_back(Method); | ||||
3648 | else if (EditDistance < BestEditDistance) { | ||||
3649 | BestMethod.clear(); | ||||
3650 | BestMethod.push_back(Method); | ||||
3651 | } | ||||
3652 | } | ||||
3653 | |||||
3654 | static bool HelperIsMethodInObjCType(Sema &S, Selector Sel, | ||||
3655 | QualType ObjectType) { | ||||
3656 | if (ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||
3657 | return true; | ||||
3658 | if (S.LookupMethodInObjectType(Sel, ObjectType, true/*Instance method*/)) | ||||
3659 | return true; | ||||
3660 | return S.LookupMethodInObjectType(Sel, ObjectType, false/*Class method*/) != | ||||
3661 | nullptr; | ||||
3662 | } | ||||
3663 | |||||
3664 | const ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||
3665 | Sema::SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, | ||||
3666 | QualType ObjectType) { | ||||
3667 | unsigned NumArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||
3668 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> Methods; | ||||
3669 | bool ObjectIsId = true, ObjectIsClass = true; | ||||
3670 | if (ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||
3671 | ObjectIsId = ObjectIsClass = false; | ||||
3672 | else if (!ObjectType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||
3673 | return nullptr; | ||||
3674 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = | ||||
3675 | ObjectType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||
3676 | ObjectType = QualType(ObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(), 0); | ||||
3677 | ObjectIsId = ObjectIsClass = false; | ||||
3678 | } | ||||
3679 | else if (ObjectType->isObjCIdType() || ObjectType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||
3680 | ObjectIsClass = false; | ||||
3681 | else if (ObjectType->isObjCClassType() || ObjectType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) | ||||
3682 | ObjectIsId = false; | ||||
3683 | else | ||||
3684 | return nullptr; | ||||
3685 | |||||
3686 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator b = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||
3687 | e = MethodPool.end(); b != e; b++) { | ||||
3688 | // instance methods | ||||
3689 | for (ObjCMethodList *M = &b->second.first; M; M=M->getNext()) | ||||
3690 | if (M->getMethod() && | ||||
3691 | (M->getMethod()->getSelector().getNumArgs() == NumArgs) && | ||||
3692 | (M->getMethod()->getSelector() != Sel)) { | ||||
3693 | if (ObjectIsId) | ||||
3694 | Methods.push_back(M->getMethod()); | ||||
3695 | else if (!ObjectIsClass && | ||||
3696 | HelperIsMethodInObjCType(*this, M->getMethod()->getSelector(), | ||||
3697 | ObjectType)) | ||||
3698 | Methods.push_back(M->getMethod()); | ||||
3699 | } | ||||
3700 | // class methods | ||||
3701 | for (ObjCMethodList *M = &b->second.second; M; M=M->getNext()) | ||||
3702 | if (M->getMethod() && | ||||
3703 | (M->getMethod()->getSelector().getNumArgs() == NumArgs) && | ||||
3704 | (M->getMethod()->getSelector() != Sel)) { | ||||
3705 | if (ObjectIsClass) | ||||
3706 | Methods.push_back(M->getMethod()); | ||||
3707 | else if (!ObjectIsId && | ||||
3708 | HelperIsMethodInObjCType(*this, M->getMethod()->getSelector(), | ||||
3709 | ObjectType)) | ||||
3710 | Methods.push_back(M->getMethod()); | ||||
3711 | } | ||||
3712 | } | ||||
3713 | |||||
3714 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> SelectedMethods; | ||||
3715 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Methods.size(); i < e; i++) { | ||||
3716 | HelperSelectorsForTypoCorrection(SelectedMethods, | ||||
3717 | Sel.getAsString(), Methods[i]); | ||||
3718 | } | ||||
3719 | return (SelectedMethods.size() == 1) ? SelectedMethods[0] : nullptr; | ||||
3720 | } | ||||
3721 | |||||
3722 | /// DiagnoseDuplicateIvars - | ||||
3723 | /// Check for duplicate ivars in the entire class at the start of | ||||
3724 | /// \@implementation. This becomes necesssary because class extension can | ||||
3725 | /// add ivars to a class in random order which will not be known until | ||||
3726 | /// class's \@implementation is seen. | ||||
3727 | void Sema::DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
3728 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID) { | ||||
3729 | for (auto *Ivar : ID->ivars()) { | ||||
3730 | if (Ivar->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
3731 | continue; | ||||
3732 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
3733 | ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = SID->lookupInstanceVariable(II); | ||||
3734 | if (prevIvar) { | ||||
3735 | Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | ||||
3736 | Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
3737 | Ivar->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3738 | } | ||||
3739 | } | ||||
3740 | } | ||||
3741 | } | ||||
3742 | |||||
3743 | /// Diagnose attempts to define ARC-__weak ivars when __weak is disabled. | ||||
3744 | static void DiagnoseWeakIvars(Sema &S, ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) { | ||||
3745 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) return; | ||||
3746 | |||||
3747 | for (auto ivar = ID->getClassInterface()->all_declared_ivar_begin(); | ||||
3748 | ivar; ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
3749 | if (ivar->isInvalidDecl()) continue; | ||||
3750 | if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | ||||
3751 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime) { | ||||
3752 | S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_weak_disabled); | ||||
3753 | } else { | ||||
3754 | S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime); | ||||
3755 | } | ||||
3756 | } | ||||
3757 | } | ||||
3758 | } | ||||
3759 | |||||
3760 | /// Diagnose attempts to use flexible array member with retainable object type. | ||||
3761 | static void DiagnoseRetainableFlexibleArrayMember(Sema &S, | ||||
3762 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
3763 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
3764 | return; | ||||
3765 | |||||
3766 | for (auto ivar = ID->all_declared_ivar_begin(); ivar; | ||||
3767 | ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
3768 | if (ivar->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
3769 | continue; | ||||
3770 | QualType IvarTy = ivar->getType(); | ||||
3771 | if (IvarTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && | ||||
3772 | (IvarTy.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) && | ||||
3773 | IvarTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | ||||
3774 | S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_arc_retainable); | ||||
3775 | ivar->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3776 | } | ||||
3777 | } | ||||
3778 | } | ||||
3779 | |||||
3780 | Sema::ObjCContainerKind Sema::getObjCContainerKind() const { | ||||
3781 | switch (CurContext->getDeclKind()) { | ||||
3782 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: | ||||
3783 | return Sema::OCK_Interface; | ||||
3784 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: | ||||
3785 | return Sema::OCK_Protocol; | ||||
3786 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: | ||||
3787 | if (cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)->IsClassExtension()) | ||||
3788 | return Sema::OCK_ClassExtension; | ||||
3789 | return Sema::OCK_Category; | ||||
3790 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: | ||||
3791 | return Sema::OCK_Implementation; | ||||
3792 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: | ||||
3793 | return Sema::OCK_CategoryImplementation; | ||||
3794 | |||||
3795 | default: | ||||
3796 | return Sema::OCK_None; | ||||
3797 | } | ||||
3798 | } | ||||
3799 | |||||
3800 | static bool IsVariableSizedType(QualType T) { | ||||
3801 | if (T->isIncompleteArrayType()) | ||||
3802 | return true; | ||||
3803 | const auto *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
3804 | return (RecordTy && RecordTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()); | ||||
3805 | } | ||||
3806 | |||||
3807 | static void DiagnoseVariableSizedIvars(Sema &S, ObjCContainerDecl *OCD) { | ||||
3808 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IntfDecl = nullptr; | ||||
3809 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_range Ivars = llvm::make_range( | ||||
3810 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator(), ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator()); | ||||
3811 | if ((IntfDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(OCD))) { | ||||
3812 | Ivars = IntfDecl->ivars(); | ||||
3813 | } else if (auto *ImplDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(OCD)) { | ||||
3814 | IntfDecl = ImplDecl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3815 | Ivars = ImplDecl->ivars(); | ||||
3816 | } else if (auto *CategoryDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(OCD)) { | ||||
3817 | if (CategoryDecl->IsClassExtension()) { | ||||
3818 | IntfDecl = CategoryDecl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3819 | Ivars = CategoryDecl->ivars(); | ||||
3820 | } | ||||
3821 | } | ||||
3822 | |||||
3823 | // Check if variable sized ivar is in interface and visible to subclasses. | ||||
3824 | if (!isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(OCD)) { | ||||
3825 | for (auto ivar : Ivars) { | ||||
3826 | if (!ivar->isInvalidDecl() && IsVariableSizedType(ivar->getType())) { | ||||
3827 | S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::warn_variable_sized_ivar_visibility) | ||||
3828 | << ivar->getDeclName() << ivar->getType(); | ||||
3829 | } | ||||
3830 | } | ||||
3831 | } | ||||
3832 | |||||
3833 | // Subsequent checks require interface decl. | ||||
3834 | if (!IntfDecl) | ||||
3835 | return; | ||||
3836 | |||||
3837 | // Check if variable sized ivar is followed by another ivar. | ||||
3838 | for (ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = IntfDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); ivar; | ||||
3839 | ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
3840 | if (ivar->isInvalidDecl() || !ivar->getNextIvar()) | ||||
3841 | continue; | ||||
3842 | QualType IvarTy = ivar->getType(); | ||||
3843 | bool IsInvalidIvar = false; | ||||
3844 | if (IvarTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | ||||
3845 | S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) | ||||
3846 | << ivar->getDeclName() << IvarTy | ||||
3847 | << TTK_Class; // Use "class" for Obj-C. | ||||
3848 | IsInvalidIvar = true; | ||||
3849 | } else if (const RecordType *RecordTy = IvarTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3850 | if (RecordTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { | ||||
3851 | S.Diag(ivar->getLocation(), | ||||
3852 | diag::err_objc_variable_sized_type_not_at_end) | ||||
3853 | << ivar->getDeclName() << IvarTy; | ||||
3854 | IsInvalidIvar = true; | ||||
3855 | } | ||||
3856 | } | ||||
3857 | if (IsInvalidIvar) { | ||||
3858 | S.Diag(ivar->getNextIvar()->getLocation(), | ||||
3859 | diag::note_next_ivar_declaration) | ||||
3860 | << ivar->getNextIvar()->getSynthesize(); | ||||
3861 | ivar->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3862 | } | ||||
3863 | } | ||||
3864 | |||||
3865 | // Check if ObjC container adds ivars after variable sized ivar in superclass. | ||||
3866 | // Perform the check only if OCD is the first container to declare ivars to | ||||
3867 | // avoid multiple warnings for the same ivar. | ||||
3868 | ObjCIvarDecl *FirstIvar = | ||||
3869 | (Ivars.begin() == Ivars.end()) ? nullptr : *Ivars.begin(); | ||||
3870 | if (FirstIvar && (FirstIvar == IntfDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin())) { | ||||
3871 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = IntfDecl->getSuperClass(); | ||||
3872 | while (SuperClass && SuperClass->ivar_empty()) | ||||
3873 | SuperClass = SuperClass->getSuperClass(); | ||||
3874 | if (SuperClass) { | ||||
3875 | auto IvarIter = SuperClass->ivar_begin(); | ||||
3876 | std::advance(IvarIter, SuperClass->ivar_size() - 1); | ||||
3877 | const ObjCIvarDecl *LastIvar = *IvarIter; | ||||
3878 | if (IsVariableSizedType(LastIvar->getType())) { | ||||
3879 | S.Diag(FirstIvar->getLocation(), | ||||
3880 | diag::warn_superclass_variable_sized_type_not_at_end) | ||||
3881 | << FirstIvar->getDeclName() << LastIvar->getDeclName() | ||||
3882 | << LastIvar->getType() << SuperClass->getDeclName(); | ||||
3883 | S.Diag(LastIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||
3884 | << LastIvar->getDeclName(); | ||||
3885 | } | ||||
3886 | } | ||||
3887 | } | ||||
3888 | } | ||||
3889 | |||||
3890 | // Note: For class/category implementations, allMethods is always null. | ||||
3891 | Decl *Sema::ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods, | ||||
3892 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars) { | ||||
3893 | if (getObjCContainerKind() == Sema::OCK_None) | ||||
3894 | return nullptr; | ||||
3895 | |||||
3896 | assert(AtEnd.isValid() && "Invalid location for '@end'")((AtEnd.isValid() && "Invalid location for '@end'") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AtEnd.isValid() && \"Invalid location for '@end'\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 3896, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3897 | |||||
3898 | auto *OCD = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
3899 | Decl *ClassDecl = OCD; | ||||
3900 | |||||
3901 | bool isInterfaceDeclKind = | ||||
3902 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl) || isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl) | ||||
3903 | || isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(ClassDecl); | ||||
3904 | bool checkIdenticalMethods = isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ClassDecl); | ||||
3905 | |||||
3906 | // FIXME: Remove these and use the ObjCContainerDecl/DeclContext. | ||||
3907 | llvm::DenseMap<Selector, const ObjCMethodDecl*> InsMap; | ||||
3908 | llvm::DenseMap<Selector, const ObjCMethodDecl*> ClsMap; | ||||
3909 | |||||
3910 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = allMethods.size(); i != e; i++ ) { | ||||
3911 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = | ||||
3912 | cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(allMethods[i]); | ||||
3913 | |||||
3914 | if (!Method) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. | ||||
3915 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||
3916 | /// Check for instance method of the same name with incompatible types | ||||
3917 | const ObjCMethodDecl *&PrevMethod = InsMap[Method->getSelector()]; | ||||
3918 | bool match = PrevMethod ? MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, PrevMethod) | ||||
3919 | : false; | ||||
3920 | if ((isInterfaceDeclKind && PrevMethod && !match) | ||||
3921 | || (checkIdenticalMethods && match)) { | ||||
3922 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl) | ||||
3923 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
3924 | Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
3925 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3926 | } else { | ||||
3927 | if (PrevMethod) { | ||||
3928 | Method->setAsRedeclaration(PrevMethod); | ||||
3929 | if (!Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader( | ||||
3930 | Method->getLocation())) | ||||
3931 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_method_decl) | ||||
3932 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
3933 | Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
3934 | } | ||||
3935 | InsMap[Method->getSelector()] = Method; | ||||
3936 | /// The following allows us to typecheck messages to "id". | ||||
3937 | AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(Method); | ||||
3938 | } | ||||
3939 | } else { | ||||
3940 | /// Check for class method of the same name with incompatible types | ||||
3941 | const ObjCMethodDecl *&PrevMethod = ClsMap[Method->getSelector()]; | ||||
3942 | bool match = PrevMethod ? MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, PrevMethod) | ||||
3943 | : false; | ||||
3944 | if ((isInterfaceDeclKind && PrevMethod && !match) | ||||
3945 | || (checkIdenticalMethods && match)) { | ||||
3946 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl) | ||||
3947 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
3948 | Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
3949 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3950 | } else { | ||||
3951 | if (PrevMethod) { | ||||
3952 | Method->setAsRedeclaration(PrevMethod); | ||||
3953 | if (!Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader( | ||||
3954 | Method->getLocation())) | ||||
3955 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_method_decl) | ||||
3956 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
3957 | Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
3958 | } | ||||
3959 | ClsMap[Method->getSelector()] = Method; | ||||
3960 | AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(Method); | ||||
3961 | } | ||||
3962 | } | ||||
3963 | } | ||||
3964 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
3965 | // Nothing to do here. | ||||
3966 | } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *C = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
3967 | // Categories are used to extend the class by declaring new methods. | ||||
3968 | // By the same token, they are also used to add new properties. No | ||||
3969 | // need to compare the added property to those in the class. | ||||
3970 | |||||
3971 | if (C->IsClassExtension()) { | ||||
3972 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CCPrimary = C->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3973 | DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(C, CCPrimary); | ||||
3974 | } | ||||
3975 | } | ||||
3976 | if (ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
3977 | if (CDecl->getIdentifier()) | ||||
3978 | // ProcessPropertyDecl is responsible for diagnosing conflicts with any | ||||
3979 | // user-defined setter/getter. It also synthesizes setter/getter methods | ||||
3980 | // and adds them to the DeclContext and global method pools. | ||||
3981 | for (auto *I : CDecl->properties()) | ||||
3982 | ProcessPropertyDecl(I); | ||||
3983 | CDecl->setAtEndRange(AtEnd); | ||||
3984 | } | ||||
3985 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IC=dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
3986 | IC->setAtEndRange(AtEnd); | ||||
3987 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = IC->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
3988 | // Any property declared in a class extension might have user | ||||
3989 | // declared setter or getter in current class extension or one | ||||
3990 | // of the other class extensions. Mark them as synthesized as | ||||
3991 | // property will be synthesized when property with same name is | ||||
3992 | // seen in the @implementation. | ||||
3993 | for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->visible_extensions()) { | ||||
3994 | for (const auto *Property : Ext->instance_properties()) { | ||||
3995 | // Skip over properties declared @dynamic | ||||
3996 | if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl | ||||
3997 | = IC->FindPropertyImplDecl(Property->getIdentifier(), | ||||
3998 | Property->getQueryKind())) | ||||
3999 | if (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation() | ||||
4000 | == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) | ||||
4001 | continue; | ||||
4002 | |||||
4003 | for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->visible_extensions()) { | ||||
4004 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethod | ||||
4005 | = Ext->getInstanceMethod(Property->getGetterName())) | ||||
4006 | GetterMethod->setPropertyAccessor(true); | ||||
4007 | if (!Property->isReadOnly()) | ||||
4008 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMethod | ||||
4009 | = Ext->getInstanceMethod(Property->getSetterName())) | ||||
4010 | SetterMethod->setPropertyAccessor(true); | ||||
4011 | } | ||||
4012 | } | ||||
4013 | } | ||||
4014 | ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(S, IC, IDecl); | ||||
4015 | AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(IC, IDecl); | ||||
4016 | DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(IC); | ||||
4017 | DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(S, IC); | ||||
4018 | if (IDecl->hasDesignatedInitializers()) | ||||
4019 | DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(IC, IDecl); | ||||
4020 | DiagnoseWeakIvars(*this, IC); | ||||
4021 | DiagnoseRetainableFlexibleArrayMember(*this, IDecl); | ||||
4022 | |||||
4023 | bool HasRootClassAttr = IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCRootClassAttr>(); | ||||
4024 | if (IDecl->getSuperClass() == nullptr) { | ||||
4025 | // This class has no superclass, so check that it has been marked with | ||||
4026 | // __attribute((objc_root_class)). | ||||
4027 | if (!HasRootClassAttr) { | ||||
4028 | SourceLocation DeclLoc(IDecl->getLocation()); | ||||
4029 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc(getLocForEndOfToken(DeclLoc)); | ||||
4030 | Diag(DeclLoc, diag::warn_objc_root_class_missing) | ||||
4031 | << IDecl->getIdentifier(); | ||||
4032 | // See if NSObject is in the current scope, and if it is, suggest | ||||
4033 | // adding " : NSObject " to the class declaration. | ||||
4034 | NamedDecl *IF = LookupSingleName(TUScope, | ||||
4035 | NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject), | ||||
4036 | DeclLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
4037 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSObjectDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF); | ||||
4038 | if (NSObjectDecl && NSObjectDecl->getDefinition()) { | ||||
4039 | Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::note_objc_needs_superclass) | ||||
4040 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SuperClassLoc, " : NSObject "); | ||||
4041 | } else { | ||||
4042 | Diag(SuperClassLoc, diag::note_objc_needs_superclass); | ||||
4043 | } | ||||
4044 | } | ||||
4045 | } else if (HasRootClassAttr) { | ||||
4046 | // Complain that only root classes may have this attribute. | ||||
4047 | Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_root_class_subclass); | ||||
4048 | } | ||||
4049 | |||||
4050 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IDecl->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
4051 | // An interface can subclass another interface with a | ||||
4052 | // objc_subclassing_restricted attribute when it has that attribute as | ||||
4053 | // well (because of interfaces imported from Swift). Therefore we have | ||||
4054 | // to check if we can subclass in the implementation as well. | ||||
4055 | if (IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>() && | ||||
4056 | Super->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>()) { | ||||
4057 | Diag(IC->getLocation(), diag::err_restricted_superclass_mismatch); | ||||
4058 | Diag(Super->getLocation(), diag::note_class_declared); | ||||
4059 | } | ||||
4060 | } | ||||
4061 | |||||
4062 | if (IDecl->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>()) | ||||
4063 | Diag(IC->getLocation(), diag::err_implementation_of_class_stub); | ||||
4064 | |||||
4065 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile()) { | ||||
4066 | while (IDecl->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
4067 | DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(IDecl, IDecl->getSuperClass()); | ||||
4068 | IDecl = IDecl->getSuperClass(); | ||||
4069 | } | ||||
4070 | } | ||||
4071 | } | ||||
4072 | SetIvarInitializers(IC); | ||||
4073 | } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass = | ||||
4074 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
4075 | CatImplClass->setAtEndRange(AtEnd); | ||||
4076 | |||||
4077 | // Find category interface decl and then check that all methods declared | ||||
4078 | // in this interface are implemented in the category @implementation. | ||||
4079 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
4080 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat | ||||
4081 | = IDecl->FindCategoryDeclaration(CatImplClass->getIdentifier())) { | ||||
4082 | ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(S, CatImplClass, Cat); | ||||
4083 | } | ||||
4084 | } | ||||
4085 | } else if (const auto *IntfDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
4086 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IntfDecl->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
4087 | if (!IntfDecl->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>() && | ||||
4088 | Super->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>()) { | ||||
4089 | Diag(IntfDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_restricted_superclass_mismatch); | ||||
4090 | Diag(Super->getLocation(), diag::note_class_declared); | ||||
4091 | } | ||||
4092 | } | ||||
4093 | |||||
4094 | if (IntfDecl->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>() && | ||||
4095 | !IntfDecl->hasAttr<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>()) | ||||
4096 | Diag(IntfDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_class_stub_subclassing_mismatch); | ||||
4097 | } | ||||
4098 | DiagnoseVariableSizedIvars(*this, OCD); | ||||
4099 | if (isInterfaceDeclKind) { | ||||
4100 | // Reject invalid vardecls. | ||||
4101 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = allTUVars.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||
4102 | DeclGroupRef DG = allTUVars[i].get(); | ||||
4103 | for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), E = DG.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
4104 | if (VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*I)) { | ||||
4105 | if (!VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) | ||||
4106 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_var_decl_inclass); | ||||
4107 | } | ||||
4108 | } | ||||
4109 | } | ||||
4110 | ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); | ||||
4111 | |||||
4112 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = allTUVars.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||
4113 | DeclGroupRef DG = allTUVars[i].get(); | ||||
4114 | for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), E = DG.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
4115 | (*I)->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); | ||||
4116 | Consumer.HandleTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(DG); | ||||
4117 | } | ||||
4118 | |||||
4119 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(ClassDecl); | ||||
4120 | return ClassDecl; | ||||
4121 | } | ||||
4122 | |||||
4123 | /// CvtQTToAstBitMask - utility routine to produce an AST bitmask for | ||||
4124 | /// objective-c's type qualifier from the parser version of the same info. | ||||
4125 | static Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier | ||||
4126 | CvtQTToAstBitMask(ObjCDeclSpec::ObjCDeclQualifier PQTVal) { | ||||
4127 | return (Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier) (unsigned) PQTVal; | ||||
4128 | } | ||||
4129 | |||||
4130 | /// Check whether the declared result type of the given Objective-C | ||||
4131 | /// method declaration is compatible with the method's class. | ||||
4132 | /// | ||||
4133 | static Sema::ResultTypeCompatibilityKind | ||||
4134 | CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(Sema &S, ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
4135 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass) { | ||||
4136 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
4137 | |||||
4138 | // If an Objective-C method inherits its related result type, then its | ||||
4139 | // declared result type must be compatible with its own class type. The | ||||
4140 | // declared result type is compatible if: | ||||
4141 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ResultObjectType | ||||
4142 | = ResultType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
4143 | // - it is id or qualified id, or | ||||
4144 | if (ResultObjectType->isObjCIdType() || | ||||
4145 | ResultObjectType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||
4146 | return Sema::RTC_Compatible; | ||||
4147 | |||||
4148 | if (CurrentClass) { | ||||
4149 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ResultClass | ||||
4150 | = ResultObjectType->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||
4151 | // - it is the same as the method's class type, or | ||||
4152 | if (declaresSameEntity(CurrentClass, ResultClass)) | ||||
4153 | return Sema::RTC_Compatible; | ||||
4154 | |||||
4155 | // - it is a superclass of the method's class type | ||||
4156 | if (ResultClass->isSuperClassOf(CurrentClass)) | ||||
4157 | return Sema::RTC_Compatible; | ||||
4158 | } | ||||
4159 | } else { | ||||
4160 | // Any Objective-C pointer type might be acceptable for a protocol | ||||
4161 | // method; we just don't know. | ||||
4162 | return Sema::RTC_Unknown; | ||||
4163 | } | ||||
4164 | } | ||||
4165 | |||||
4166 | return Sema::RTC_Incompatible; | ||||
4167 | } | ||||
4168 | |||||
4169 | namespace { | ||||
4170 | /// A helper class for searching for methods which a particular method | ||||
4171 | /// overrides. | ||||
4172 | class OverrideSearch { | ||||
4173 | public: | ||||
4174 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method; | ||||
4175 | llvm::SmallSetVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden; | ||||
4176 | bool Recursive; | ||||
4177 | |||||
4178 | public: | ||||
4179 | OverrideSearch(Sema &S, const ObjCMethodDecl *method) : Method(method) { | ||||
4180 | Selector selector = method->getSelector(); | ||||
4181 | |||||
4182 | // Bypass this search if we've never seen an instance/class method | ||||
4183 | // with this selector before. | ||||
4184 | Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator it = S.MethodPool.find(selector); | ||||
4185 | if (it == S.MethodPool.end()) { | ||||
4186 | if (!S.getExternalSource()) return; | ||||
4187 | S.ReadMethodPool(selector); | ||||
4188 | |||||
4189 | it = S.MethodPool.find(selector); | ||||
4190 | if (it == S.MethodPool.end()) | ||||
4191 | return; | ||||
4192 | } | ||||
4193 | const ObjCMethodList &list = | ||||
4194 | method->isInstanceMethod() ? it->second.first : it->second.second; | ||||
4195 | if (!list.getMethod()) return; | ||||
4196 | |||||
4197 | const ObjCContainerDecl *container | ||||
4198 | = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(method->getDeclContext()); | ||||
4199 | |||||
4200 | // Prevent the search from reaching this container again. This is | ||||
4201 | // important with categories, which override methods from the | ||||
4202 | // interface and each other. | ||||
4203 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||
4204 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(container)) { | ||||
4205 | searchFromContainer(container); | ||||
4206 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Category->getClassInterface()) | ||||
4207 | searchFromContainer(Interface); | ||||
4208 | } else { | ||||
4209 | searchFromContainer(container); | ||||
4210 | } | ||||
4211 | } | ||||
4212 | |||||
4213 | typedef decltype(Overridden)::iterator iterator; | ||||
4214 | iterator begin() const { return Overridden.begin(); } | ||||
4215 | iterator end() const { return Overridden.end(); } | ||||
4216 | |||||
4217 | private: | ||||
4218 | void searchFromContainer(const ObjCContainerDecl *container) { | ||||
4219 | if (container->isInvalidDecl()) return; | ||||
4220 | |||||
4221 | switch (container->getDeclKind()) { | ||||
4222 | #define OBJCCONTAINER(type, base) \ | ||||
4223 | case Decl::type: \ | ||||
4224 | searchFrom(cast<type##Decl>(container)); \ | ||||
4225 | break; | ||||
4226 | #define ABSTRACT_DECL(expansion) | ||||
4227 | #define DECL(type, base) \ | ||||
4228 | case Decl::type: | ||||
4229 | #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" | ||||
4230 | llvm_unreachable("not an ObjC container!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not an ObjC container!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4230); | ||||
4231 | } | ||||
4232 | } | ||||
4233 | |||||
4234 | void searchFrom(const ObjCProtocolDecl *protocol) { | ||||
4235 | if (!protocol->hasDefinition()) | ||||
4236 | return; | ||||
4237 | |||||
4238 | // A method in a protocol declaration overrides declarations from | ||||
4239 | // referenced ("parent") protocols. | ||||
4240 | search(protocol->getReferencedProtocols()); | ||||
4241 | } | ||||
4242 | |||||
4243 | void searchFrom(const ObjCCategoryDecl *category) { | ||||
4244 | // A method in a category declaration overrides declarations from | ||||
4245 | // the main class and from protocols the category references. | ||||
4246 | // The main class is handled in the constructor. | ||||
4247 | search(category->getReferencedProtocols()); | ||||
4248 | } | ||||
4249 | |||||
4250 | void searchFrom(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *impl) { | ||||
4251 | // A method in a category definition that has a category | ||||
4252 | // declaration overrides declarations from the category | ||||
4253 | // declaration. | ||||
4254 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *category = impl->getCategoryDecl()) { | ||||
4255 | search(category); | ||||
4256 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = category->getClassInterface()) | ||||
4257 | search(Interface); | ||||
4258 | |||||
4259 | // Otherwise it overrides declarations from the class. | ||||
4260 | } else if (const auto *Interface = impl->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
4261 | search(Interface); | ||||
4262 | } | ||||
4263 | } | ||||
4264 | |||||
4265 | void searchFrom(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface) { | ||||
4266 | // A method in a class declaration overrides declarations from | ||||
4267 | if (!iface->hasDefinition()) | ||||
4268 | return; | ||||
4269 | |||||
4270 | // - categories, | ||||
4271 | for (auto *Cat : iface->known_categories()) | ||||
4272 | search(Cat); | ||||
4273 | |||||
4274 | // - the super class, and | ||||
4275 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *super = iface->getSuperClass()) | ||||
4276 | search(super); | ||||
4277 | |||||
4278 | // - any referenced protocols. | ||||
4279 | search(iface->getReferencedProtocols()); | ||||
4280 | } | ||||
4281 | |||||
4282 | void searchFrom(const ObjCImplementationDecl *impl) { | ||||
4283 | // A method in a class implementation overrides declarations from | ||||
4284 | // the class interface. | ||||
4285 | if (const auto *Interface = impl->getClassInterface()) | ||||
4286 | search(Interface); | ||||
4287 | } | ||||
4288 | |||||
4289 | void search(const ObjCProtocolList &protocols) { | ||||
4290 | for (const auto *Proto : protocols) | ||||
4291 | search(Proto); | ||||
4292 | } | ||||
4293 | |||||
4294 | void search(const ObjCContainerDecl *container) { | ||||
4295 | // Check for a method in this container which matches this selector. | ||||
4296 | ObjCMethodDecl *meth = container->getMethod(Method->getSelector(), | ||||
4297 | Method->isInstanceMethod(), | ||||
4298 | /*AllowHidden=*/true); | ||||
4299 | |||||
4300 | // If we find one, record it and bail out. | ||||
4301 | if (meth) { | ||||
4302 | Overridden.insert(meth); | ||||
4303 | return; | ||||
4304 | } | ||||
4305 | |||||
4306 | // Otherwise, search for methods that a hypothetical method here | ||||
4307 | // would have overridden. | ||||
4308 | |||||
4309 | // Note that we're now in a recursive case. | ||||
4310 | Recursive = true; | ||||
4311 | |||||
4312 | searchFromContainer(container); | ||||
4313 | } | ||||
4314 | }; | ||||
4315 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
4316 | |||||
4317 | void Sema::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, | ||||
4318 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, | ||||
4319 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC) { | ||||
4320 | if (!ObjCMethod) | ||||
4321 | return; | ||||
4322 | // Search for overridden methods and merge information down from them. | ||||
4323 | OverrideSearch overrides(*this, ObjCMethod); | ||||
4324 | // Keep track if the method overrides any method in the class's base classes, | ||||
4325 | // its protocols, or its categories' protocols; we will keep that info | ||||
4326 | // in the ObjCMethodDecl. | ||||
4327 | // For this info, a method in an implementation is not considered as | ||||
4328 | // overriding the same method in the interface or its categories. | ||||
4329 | bool hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol = false; | ||||
4330 | for (ObjCMethodDecl *overridden : overrides) { | ||||
4331 | if (!hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol) { | ||||
4332 | if (isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext()) || | ||||
4333 | CurrentClass != overridden->getClassInterface() || | ||||
4334 | overridden->isOverriding()) { | ||||
4335 | hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol = true; | ||||
4336 | |||||
4337 | } else if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(ObjCMethod->getDeclContext())) { | ||||
4338 | // OverrideSearch will return as "overridden" the same method in the | ||||
4339 | // interface. For hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol, we need to | ||||
4340 | // check whether a category of a base class introduced a method with the | ||||
4341 | // same selector, after the interface method declaration. | ||||
4342 | // To avoid unnecessary lookups in the majority of cases, we use the | ||||
4343 | // extra info bits in GlobalMethodPool to check whether there were any | ||||
4344 | // category methods with this selector. | ||||
4345 | GlobalMethodPool::iterator It = | ||||
4346 | MethodPool.find(ObjCMethod->getSelector()); | ||||
4347 | if (It != MethodPool.end()) { | ||||
4348 | ObjCMethodList &List = | ||||
4349 | ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()? It->second.first: It->second.second; | ||||
4350 | unsigned CategCount = List.getBits(); | ||||
4351 | if (CategCount > 0) { | ||||
4352 | // If the method is in a category we'll do lookup if there were at | ||||
4353 | // least 2 category methods recorded, otherwise only one will do. | ||||
4354 | if (CategCount > 1 || | ||||
4355 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext())) { | ||||
4356 | OverrideSearch overrides(*this, overridden); | ||||
4357 | for (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperOverridden : overrides) { | ||||
4358 | if (isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(SuperOverridden->getDeclContext()) || | ||||
4359 | CurrentClass != SuperOverridden->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
4360 | hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol = true; | ||||
4361 | overridden->setOverriding(true); | ||||
4362 | break; | ||||
4363 | } | ||||
4364 | } | ||||
4365 | } | ||||
4366 | } | ||||
4367 | } | ||||
4368 | } | ||||
4369 | } | ||||
4370 | |||||
4371 | // Propagate down the 'related result type' bit from overridden methods. | ||||
4372 | if (RTC != Sema::RTC_Incompatible && overridden->hasRelatedResultType()) | ||||
4373 | ObjCMethod->setRelatedResultType(); | ||||
4374 | |||||
4375 | // Then merge the declarations. | ||||
4376 | mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethod, overridden); | ||||
4377 | |||||
4378 | if (ObjCMethod->isImplicit() && overridden->isImplicit()) | ||||
4379 | continue; // Conflicting properties are detected elsewhere. | ||||
4380 | |||||
4381 | // Check for overriding methods | ||||
4382 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ObjCMethod->getDeclContext()) || | ||||
4383 | isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ObjCMethod->getDeclContext())) | ||||
4384 | CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethod, overridden, | ||||
4385 | isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext())); | ||||
4386 | |||||
4387 | if (CurrentClass && overridden->getDeclContext() != CurrentClass && | ||||
4388 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(overridden->getDeclContext()) && | ||||
4389 | !overridden->isImplicit() /* not meant for properties */) { | ||||
4390 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator ParamI = ObjCMethod->param_begin(), | ||||
4391 | E = ObjCMethod->param_end(); | ||||
4392 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PrevI = overridden->param_begin(), | ||||
4393 | PrevE = overridden->param_end(); | ||||
4394 | for (; ParamI != E && PrevI != PrevE; ++ParamI, ++PrevI) { | ||||
4395 | assert(PrevI != overridden->param_end() && "Param mismatch")((PrevI != overridden->param_end() && "Param mismatch" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PrevI != overridden->param_end() && \"Param mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4395, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4396 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType((*ParamI)->getType()); | ||||
4397 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType((*PrevI)->getType()); | ||||
4398 | // If type of argument of method in this class does not match its | ||||
4399 | // respective argument type in the super class method, issue warning; | ||||
4400 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(T1, T2)) { | ||||
4401 | Diag((*ParamI)->getLocation(), diag::ext_typecheck_base_super) | ||||
4402 | << T1 << T2; | ||||
4403 | Diag(overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
4404 | break; | ||||
4405 | } | ||||
4406 | } | ||||
4407 | } | ||||
4408 | } | ||||
4409 | |||||
4410 | ObjCMethod->setOverriding(hasOverriddenMethodsInBaseOrProtocol); | ||||
4411 | } | ||||
4412 | |||||
4413 | /// Merge type nullability from for a redeclaration of the same entity, | ||||
4414 | /// producing the updated type of the redeclared entity. | ||||
4415 | static QualType mergeTypeNullabilityForRedecl(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | ||||
4416 | QualType type, | ||||
4417 | bool usesCSKeyword, | ||||
4418 | SourceLocation prevLoc, | ||||
4419 | QualType prevType, | ||||
4420 | bool prevUsesCSKeyword) { | ||||
4421 | // Determine the nullability of both types. | ||||
4422 | auto nullability = type->getNullability(S.Context); | ||||
4423 | auto prevNullability = prevType->getNullability(S.Context); | ||||
4424 | |||||
4425 | // Easy case: both have nullability. | ||||
4426 | if (nullability.hasValue() == prevNullability.hasValue()) { | ||||
4427 | // Neither has nullability; continue. | ||||
4428 | if (!nullability) | ||||
4429 | return type; | ||||
4430 | |||||
4431 | // The nullabilities are equivalent; do nothing. | ||||
4432 | if (*nullability == *prevNullability) | ||||
4433 | return type; | ||||
4434 | |||||
4435 | // Complain about mismatched nullability. | ||||
4436 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_nullability_conflicting) | ||||
4437 | << DiagNullabilityKind(*nullability, usesCSKeyword) | ||||
4438 | << DiagNullabilityKind(*prevNullability, prevUsesCSKeyword); | ||||
4439 | return type; | ||||
4440 | } | ||||
4441 | |||||
4442 | // If it's the redeclaration that has nullability, don't change anything. | ||||
4443 | if (nullability) | ||||
4444 | return type; | ||||
4445 | |||||
4446 | // Otherwise, provide the result with the same nullability. | ||||
4447 | return S.Context.getAttributedType( | ||||
4448 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*prevNullability), | ||||
4449 | type, type); | ||||
4450 | } | ||||
4451 | |||||
4452 | /// Merge information from the declaration of a method in the \@interface | ||||
4453 | /// (or a category/extension) into the corresponding method in the | ||||
4454 | /// @implementation (for a class or category). | ||||
4455 | static void mergeInterfaceMethodToImpl(Sema &S, | ||||
4456 | ObjCMethodDecl *method, | ||||
4457 | ObjCMethodDecl *prevMethod) { | ||||
4458 | // Merge the objc_requires_super attribute. | ||||
4459 | if (prevMethod->hasAttr<ObjCRequiresSuperAttr>() && | ||||
4460 | !method->hasAttr<ObjCRequiresSuperAttr>()) { | ||||
4461 | // merge the attribute into implementation. | ||||
4462 | method->addAttr( | ||||
4463 | ObjCRequiresSuperAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, | ||||
4464 | method->getLocation())); | ||||
4465 | } | ||||
4466 | |||||
4467 | // Merge nullability of the result type. | ||||
4468 | QualType newReturnType | ||||
4469 | = mergeTypeNullabilityForRedecl( | ||||
4470 | S, method->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||
4471 | method->getReturnType(), | ||||
4472 | method->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability, | ||||
4473 | prevMethod->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||
4474 | prevMethod->getReturnType(), | ||||
4475 | prevMethod->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability); | ||||
4476 | method->setReturnType(newReturnType); | ||||
4477 | |||||
4478 | // Handle each of the parameters. | ||||
4479 | unsigned numParams = method->param_size(); | ||||
4480 | unsigned numPrevParams = prevMethod->param_size(); | ||||
4481 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = std::min(numParams, numPrevParams); i != n; ++i) { | ||||
4482 | ParmVarDecl *param = method->param_begin()[i]; | ||||
4483 | ParmVarDecl *prevParam = prevMethod->param_begin()[i]; | ||||
4484 | |||||
4485 | // Merge nullability. | ||||
4486 | QualType newParamType | ||||
4487 | = mergeTypeNullabilityForRedecl( | ||||
4488 | S, param->getLocation(), param->getType(), | ||||
4489 | param->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability, | ||||
4490 | prevParam->getLocation(), prevParam->getType(), | ||||
4491 | prevParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability); | ||||
4492 | param->setType(newParamType); | ||||
4493 | } | ||||
4494 | } | ||||
4495 | |||||
4496 | /// Verify that the method parameters/return value have types that are supported | ||||
4497 | /// by the x86 target. | ||||
4498 | static void checkObjCMethodX86VectorTypes(Sema &SemaRef, | ||||
4499 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
4500 | assert(SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() ==((SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch () == llvm::Triple::x86 && "x86-specific check invoked for a different target" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 && \"x86-specific check invoked for a different target\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4501 | llvm::Triple::x86 &&((SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch () == llvm::Triple::x86 && "x86-specific check invoked for a different target" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 && \"x86-specific check invoked for a different target\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4502 | "x86-specific check invoked for a different target")((SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch () == llvm::Triple::x86 && "x86-specific check invoked for a different target" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 && \"x86-specific check invoked for a different target\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4503 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
4504 | QualType T; | ||||
4505 | for (const ParmVarDecl *P : Method->parameters()) { | ||||
4506 | if (P->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
4507 | Loc = P->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
4508 | T = P->getType(); | ||||
4509 | break; | ||||
4510 | } | ||||
4511 | } | ||||
4512 | if (Loc.isInvalid()) { | ||||
4513 | if (Method->getReturnType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
4514 | Loc = Method->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(); | ||||
4515 | T = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
4516 | } else | ||||
4517 | return; | ||||
4518 | } | ||||
4519 | |||||
4520 | // Vector parameters/return values are not supported by objc_msgSend on x86 in | ||||
4521 | // iOS < 9 and macOS < 10.11. | ||||
4522 | const auto &Triple = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||
4523 | VersionTuple AcceptedInVersion; | ||||
4524 | if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::IOS) | ||||
4525 | AcceptedInVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/9); | ||||
4526 | else if (Triple.isMacOSX()) | ||||
4527 | AcceptedInVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/10, /*Minor=*/11); | ||||
4528 | else | ||||
4529 | return; | ||||
4530 | if (SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion() >= | ||||
4531 | AcceptedInVersion) | ||||
4532 | return; | ||||
4533 | SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_method_unsupported_param_ret_type) | ||||
4534 | << T << (Method->getReturnType()->isVectorType() ? /*return value*/ 1 | ||||
4535 | : /*parameter*/ 0) | ||||
4536 | << (Triple.isMacOSX() ? "macOS 10.11" : "iOS 9"); | ||||
4537 | } | ||||
4538 | |||||
4539 | Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration( | ||||
4540 | Scope *S, SourceLocation MethodLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, | ||||
4541 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, | ||||
4542 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, | ||||
4543 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained | ||||
4544 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). | ||||
4545 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, | ||||
4546 | unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args | ||||
4547 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodDeclKind, | ||||
4548 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition) { | ||||
4549 | // Make sure we can establish a context for the method. | ||||
4550 | if (!CurContext->isObjCContainer()) { | ||||
4551 | Diag(MethodLoc, diag::err_missing_method_context); | ||||
4552 | return nullptr; | ||||
4553 | } | ||||
4554 | Decl *ClassDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
4555 | QualType resultDeclType; | ||||
4556 | |||||
4557 | bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | ||||
4558 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr; | ||||
4559 | if (ReturnType) { | ||||
4560 | resultDeclType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnType, &ReturnTInfo); | ||||
4561 | |||||
4562 | if (CheckFunctionReturnType(resultDeclType, MethodLoc)) | ||||
4563 | return nullptr; | ||||
4564 | |||||
4565 | QualType bareResultType = resultDeclType; | ||||
4566 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(bareResultType); | ||||
4567 | HasRelatedResultType = (bareResultType == Context.getObjCInstanceType()); | ||||
4568 | } else { // get the type for "id". | ||||
4569 | resultDeclType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
4570 | Diag(MethodLoc, diag::warn_missing_method_return_type) | ||||
4571 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SelectorLocs.front(), "(id)"); | ||||
4572 | } | ||||
4573 | |||||
4574 | ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||
4575 | Context, MethodLoc, EndLoc, Sel, resultDeclType, ReturnTInfo, CurContext, | ||||
4576 | MethodType == tok::minus, isVariadic, | ||||
4577 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, | ||||
4578 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, /*isDefined=*/false, | ||||
4579 | MethodDeclKind == tok::objc_optional ? ObjCMethodDecl::Optional | ||||
4580 | : ObjCMethodDecl::Required, | ||||
4581 | HasRelatedResultType); | ||||
4582 | |||||
4583 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||
4584 | |||||
4585 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Sel.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
4586 | QualType ArgType; | ||||
4587 | TypeSourceInfo *DI; | ||||
4588 | |||||
4589 | if (!ArgInfo[i].Type) { | ||||
4590 | ArgType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
4591 | DI = nullptr; | ||||
4592 | } else { | ||||
4593 | ArgType = GetTypeFromParser(ArgInfo[i].Type, &DI); | ||||
4594 | } | ||||
4595 | |||||
4596 | LookupResult R(*this, ArgInfo[i].Name, ArgInfo[i].NameLoc, | ||||
4597 | LookupOrdinaryName, forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | ||||
4598 | LookupName(R, S); | ||||
4599 | if (R.isSingleResult()) { | ||||
4600 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); | ||||
4601 | if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { | ||||
4602 | Diag(ArgInfo[i].NameLoc, | ||||
4603 | (MethodDefinition ? diag::warn_method_param_redefinition | ||||
4604 | : diag::warn_method_param_declaration)) | ||||
4605 | << ArgInfo[i].Name; | ||||
4606 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
4607 | diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
4608 | } | ||||
4609 | } | ||||
4610 | |||||
4611 | SourceLocation StartLoc = DI | ||||
4612 | ? DI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc() | ||||
4613 | : ArgInfo[i].NameLoc; | ||||
4614 | |||||
4615 | ParmVarDecl* Param = CheckParameter(ObjCMethod, StartLoc, | ||||
4616 | ArgInfo[i].NameLoc, ArgInfo[i].Name, | ||||
4617 | ArgType, DI, SC_None); | ||||
4618 | |||||
4619 | Param->setObjCMethodScopeInfo(i); | ||||
4620 | |||||
4621 | Param->setObjCDeclQualifier( | ||||
4622 | CvtQTToAstBitMask(ArgInfo[i].DeclSpec.getObjCDeclQualifier())); | ||||
4623 | |||||
4624 | // Apply the attributes to the parameter. | ||||
4625 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, Param, ArgInfo[i].ArgAttrs); | ||||
4626 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, Param); | ||||
4627 | |||||
4628 | if (Param->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | ||||
4629 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); | ||||
4630 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4631 | } | ||||
4632 | S->AddDecl(Param); | ||||
4633 | IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); | ||||
4634 | |||||
4635 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||
4636 | } | ||||
4637 | |||||
4638 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CNumArgs; i != e; ++i) { | ||||
4639 | ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(CParamInfo[i].Param); | ||||
4640 | QualType ArgType = Param->getType(); | ||||
4641 | if (ArgType.isNull()) | ||||
4642 | ArgType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
4643 | else | ||||
4644 | // Perform the default array/function conversions (C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]). | ||||
4645 | ArgType = Context.getAdjustedParameterType(ArgType); | ||||
4646 | |||||
4647 | Param->setDeclContext(ObjCMethod); | ||||
4648 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||
4649 | } | ||||
4650 | |||||
4651 | ObjCMethod->setMethodParams(Context, Params, SelectorLocs); | ||||
4652 | ObjCMethod->setObjCDeclQualifier( | ||||
4653 | CvtQTToAstBitMask(ReturnQT.getObjCDeclQualifier())); | ||||
4654 | |||||
4655 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, ObjCMethod, AttrList); | ||||
4656 | AddPragmaAttributes(TUScope, ObjCMethod); | ||||
4657 | |||||
4658 | // Add the method now. | ||||
4659 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod = nullptr; | ||||
4660 | if (ObjCImplDecl *ImpDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ClassDecl)) { | ||||
4661 | if (MethodType == tok::minus) { | ||||
4662 | PrevMethod = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel); | ||||
4663 | ImpDecl->addInstanceMethod(ObjCMethod); | ||||
4664 | } else { | ||||
4665 | PrevMethod = ImpDecl->getClassMethod(Sel); | ||||
4666 | ImpDecl->addClassMethod(ObjCMethod); | ||||
4667 | } | ||||
4668 | |||||
4669 | // Merge information from the @interface declaration into the | ||||
4670 | // @implementation. | ||||
4671 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = ImpDecl->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
4672 | if (auto *IMD = IDecl->lookupMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), | ||||
4673 | ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) { | ||||
4674 | mergeInterfaceMethodToImpl(*this, ObjCMethod, IMD); | ||||
4675 | |||||
4676 | // Warn about defining -dealloc in a category. | ||||
4677 | if (isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImpDecl) && IMD->isOverriding() && | ||||
4678 | ObjCMethod->getSelector().getMethodFamily() == OMF_dealloc) { | ||||
4679 | Diag(ObjCMethod->getLocation(), diag::warn_dealloc_in_category) | ||||
4680 | << ObjCMethod->getDeclName(); | ||||
4681 | } | ||||
4682 | } | ||||
4683 | |||||
4684 | // Warn if a method declared in a protocol to which a category or | ||||
4685 | // extension conforms is non-escaping and the implementation's method is | ||||
4686 | // escaping. | ||||
4687 | for (auto *C : IDecl->visible_categories()) | ||||
4688 | for (auto &P : C->protocols()) | ||||
4689 | if (auto *IMD = P->lookupMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), | ||||
4690 | ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) { | ||||
4691 | assert(ObjCMethod->parameters().size() ==((ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters(). size() && "Methods have different number of parameters" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().size() && \"Methods have different number of parameters\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4692 | IMD->parameters().size() &&((ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters(). size() && "Methods have different number of parameters" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().size() && \"Methods have different number of parameters\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4693 | "Methods have different number of parameters")((ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters(). size() && "Methods have different number of parameters" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCMethod->parameters().size() == IMD->parameters().size() && \"Methods have different number of parameters\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 4693, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4694 | auto OI = IMD->param_begin(), OE = IMD->param_end(); | ||||
4695 | auto NI = ObjCMethod->param_begin(); | ||||
4696 | for (; OI != OE; ++OI, ++NI) | ||||
4697 | diagnoseNoescape(*NI, *OI, C, P, *this); | ||||
4698 | } | ||||
4699 | } | ||||
4700 | } else { | ||||
4701 | cast<DeclContext>(ClassDecl)->addDecl(ObjCMethod); | ||||
4702 | } | ||||
4703 | |||||
4704 | if (PrevMethod) { | ||||
4705 | // You can never have two method definitions with the same name. | ||||
4706 | Diag(ObjCMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_method_decl) | ||||
4707 | << ObjCMethod->getDeclName(); | ||||
4708 | Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
4709 | ObjCMethod->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4710 | return ObjCMethod; | ||||
4711 | } | ||||
4712 | |||||
4713 | // If this Objective-C method does not have a related result type, but we | ||||
4714 | // are allowed to infer related result types, try to do so based on the | ||||
4715 | // method family. | ||||
4716 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl); | ||||
4717 | if (!CurrentClass) { | ||||
4718 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl)) | ||||
4719 | CurrentClass = Cat->getClassInterface(); | ||||
4720 | else if (ObjCImplDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ClassDecl)) | ||||
4721 | CurrentClass = Impl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
4722 | else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl | ||||
4723 | = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ClassDecl)) | ||||
4724 | CurrentClass = CatImpl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
4725 | } | ||||
4726 | |||||
4727 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC | ||||
4728 | = CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(*this, ObjCMethod, CurrentClass); | ||||
4729 | |||||
4730 | CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethod, CurrentClass, RTC); | ||||
4731 | |||||
4732 | bool ARCError = false; | ||||
4733 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
4734 | ARCError = CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethod); | ||||
4735 | |||||
4736 | // Infer the related result type when possible. | ||||
4737 | if (!ARCError && RTC == Sema::RTC_Compatible && | ||||
4738 | !ObjCMethod->hasRelatedResultType() && | ||||
4739 | LangOpts.ObjCInferRelatedResultType) { | ||||
4740 | bool InferRelatedResultType = false; | ||||
4741 | switch (ObjCMethod->getMethodFamily()) { | ||||
4742 | case OMF_None: | ||||
4743 | case OMF_copy: | ||||
4744 | case OMF_dealloc: | ||||
4745 | case OMF_finalize: | ||||
4746 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||
4747 | case OMF_release: | ||||
4748 | case OMF_retainCount: | ||||
4749 | case OMF_initialize: | ||||
4750 | case OMF_performSelector: | ||||
4751 | break; | ||||
4752 | |||||
4753 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||
4754 | case OMF_new: | ||||
4755 | InferRelatedResultType = ObjCMethod->isClassMethod(); | ||||
4756 | break; | ||||
4757 | |||||
4758 | case OMF_init: | ||||
4759 | case OMF_autorelease: | ||||
4760 | case OMF_retain: | ||||
4761 | case OMF_self: | ||||
4762 | InferRelatedResultType = ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod(); | ||||
4763 | break; | ||||
4764 | } | ||||
4765 | |||||
4766 | if (InferRelatedResultType && | ||||
4767 | !ObjCMethod->getReturnType()->isObjCIndependentClassType()) | ||||
4768 | ObjCMethod->setRelatedResultType(); | ||||
4769 | } | ||||
4770 | |||||
4771 | if (MethodDefinition && | ||||
4772 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) | ||||
4773 | checkObjCMethodX86VectorTypes(*this, ObjCMethod); | ||||
4774 | |||||
4775 | // + load method cannot have availability attributes. It get called on | ||||
4776 | // startup, so it has to have the availability of the deployment target. | ||||
4777 | if (const auto *attr = ObjCMethod->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { | ||||
4778 | if (ObjCMethod->isClassMethod() && | ||||
4779 | ObjCMethod->getSelector().getAsString() == "load") { | ||||
4780 | Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) | ||||
4781 | << 0; | ||||
4782 | ObjCMethod->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); | ||||
4783 | } | ||||
4784 | } | ||||
4785 | |||||
4786 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(ObjCMethod); | ||||
4787 | |||||
4788 | return ObjCMethod; | ||||
4789 | } | ||||
4790 | |||||
4791 | bool Sema::CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D) { | ||||
4792 | // Following is also an error. But it is caused by a missing @end | ||||
4793 | // and diagnostic is issued elsewhere. | ||||
4794 | if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext->getRedeclContext())) | ||||
4795 | return false; | ||||
4796 | |||||
4797 | // If we switched context to translation unit while we are still lexically in | ||||
4798 | // an objc container, it means the parser missed emitting an error. | ||||
4799 | if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(getCurLexicalContext()->getRedeclContext())) | ||||
4800 | return false; | ||||
4801 | |||||
4802 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_objc_decls_may_only_appear_in_global_scope); | ||||
4803 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4804 | |||||
4805 | return true; | ||||
4806 | } | ||||
4807 | |||||
4808 | /// Called whenever \@defs(ClassName) is encountered in the source. Inserts the | ||||
4809 | /// instance variables of ClassName into Decls. | ||||
4810 | void Sema::ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, | ||||
4811 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
4812 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Decls) { | ||||
4813 | // Check that ClassName is a valid class | ||||
4814 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassName, DeclStart); | ||||
4815 | if (!Class) { | ||||
4816 | Diag(DeclStart, diag::err_undef_interface) << ClassName; | ||||
4817 | return; | ||||
4818 | } | ||||
4819 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile()) { | ||||
4820 | Diag(DeclStart, diag::err_atdef_nonfragile_interface); | ||||
4821 | return; | ||||
4822 | } | ||||
4823 | |||||
4824 | // Collect the instance variables | ||||
4825 | SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; | ||||
4826 | Context.DeepCollectObjCIvars(Class, true, Ivars); | ||||
4827 | // For each ivar, create a fresh ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl. | ||||
4828 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < Ivars.size(); i++) { | ||||
4829 | const FieldDecl* ID = Ivars[i]; | ||||
4830 | RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TagD); | ||||
4831 | Decl *FD = ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, | ||||
4832 | /*FIXME: StartL=*/ID->getLocation(), | ||||
4833 | ID->getLocation(), | ||||
4834 | ID->getIdentifier(), ID->getType(), | ||||
4835 | ID->getBitWidth()); | ||||
4836 | Decls.push_back(FD); | ||||
4837 | } | ||||
4838 | |||||
4839 | // Introduce all of these fields into the appropriate scope. | ||||
4840 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator D = Decls.begin(); | ||||
4841 | D != Decls.end(); ++D) { | ||||
4842 | FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*D); | ||||
4843 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
4844 | PushOnScopeChains(FD, S); | ||||
4845 | else if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TagD)) | ||||
4846 | Record->addDecl(FD); | ||||
4847 | } | ||||
4848 | } | ||||
4849 | |||||
4850 | /// Build a type-check a new Objective-C exception variable declaration. | ||||
4851 | VarDecl *Sema::BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType T, | ||||
4852 | SourceLocation StartLoc, | ||||
4853 | SourceLocation IdLoc, | ||||
4854 | IdentifierInfo *Id, | ||||
4855 | bool Invalid) { | ||||
4856 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage | ||||
4857 | // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." | ||||
4858 | // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have | ||||
4859 | // an address space. | ||||
4860 | if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { | ||||
4861 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); | ||||
4862 | Invalid = true; | ||||
4863 | } | ||||
4864 | |||||
4865 | // An @catch parameter must be an unqualified object pointer type; | ||||
4866 | // FIXME: Recover from "NSObject foo" by inserting the * in "NSObject *foo"? | ||||
4867 | if (Invalid) { | ||||
4868 | // Don't do any further checking. | ||||
4869 | } else if (T->isDependentType()) { | ||||
4870 | // Okay: we don't know what this type will instantiate to. | ||||
4871 | } else if (T->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
4872 | Invalid = true; | ||||
4873 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_illegal_qualifiers_on_catch_parm); | ||||
4874 | } else if (T->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||
4875 | // Okay: we don't know what this type will instantiate to. | ||||
4876 | } else if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
4877 | Invalid = true; | ||||
4878 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_catch_param_not_objc_type); | ||||
4879 | } else if (!T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) { | ||||
4880 | Invalid = true; | ||||
4881 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_catch_param_not_objc_type); | ||||
4882 | } | ||||
4883 | |||||
4884 | VarDecl *New = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, | ||||
4885 | T, TInfo, SC_None); | ||||
4886 | New->setExceptionVariable(true); | ||||
4887 | |||||
4888 | // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for variables of retainable type. | ||||
4889 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(New)) | ||||
4890 | Invalid = true; | ||||
4891 | |||||
4892 | if (Invalid) | ||||
4893 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4894 | return New; | ||||
4895 | } | ||||
4896 | |||||
4897 | Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | ||||
4898 | const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); | ||||
4899 | |||||
4900 | // We allow the "register" storage class on exception variables because | ||||
4901 | // GCC did, but we drop it completely. Any other storage class is an error. | ||||
4902 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { | ||||
4903 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_register_objc_catch_parm) | ||||
4904 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc())); | ||||
4905 | } else if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { | ||||
4906 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_storage_spec_on_catch_parm) | ||||
4907 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); | ||||
4908 | } | ||||
4909 | if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) | ||||
4910 | Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) | ||||
4911 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; | ||||
4912 | if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) | ||||
4913 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | ||||
4914 | diag::err_invalid_thread) | ||||
4915 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); | ||||
4916 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | ||||
4917 | |||||
4918 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); | ||||
4919 | |||||
4920 | // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this | ||||
4921 | // exception object (C++ only). | ||||
4922 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
4923 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | ||||
4924 | |||||
4925 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | ||||
4926 | QualType ExceptionType = TInfo->getType(); | ||||
4927 | |||||
4928 | VarDecl *New = BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TInfo, ExceptionType, | ||||
4929 | D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||
4930 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), | ||||
4931 | D.getIdentifier(), | ||||
4932 | D.isInvalidType()); | ||||
4933 | |||||
4934 | // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | ||||
4935 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | ||||
4936 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_objc_catch_parm) | ||||
4937 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | ||||
4938 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4939 | } | ||||
4940 | |||||
4941 | // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. | ||||
4942 | S->AddDecl(New); | ||||
4943 | if (D.getIdentifier()) | ||||
4944 | IdResolver.AddDecl(New); | ||||
4945 | |||||
4946 | ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); | ||||
4947 | |||||
4948 | if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | ||||
4949 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); | ||||
4950 | return New; | ||||
4951 | } | ||||
4952 | |||||
4953 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require | ||||
4954 | /// initialization. | ||||
4955 | void Sema::CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, | ||||
4956 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) { | ||||
4957 | for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = OI->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; | ||||
4958 | Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
4959 | QualType QT = Context.getBaseElementType(Iv->getType()); | ||||
4960 | if (QT->isRecordType()) | ||||
4961 | Ivars.push_back(Iv); | ||||
4962 | } | ||||
4963 | } | ||||
4964 | |||||
4965 | void Sema::DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors() { | ||||
4966 | // Load referenced selectors from the external source. | ||||
4967 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||
4968 | SmallVector<std::pair<Selector, SourceLocation>, 4> Sels; | ||||
4969 | ExternalSource->ReadReferencedSelectors(Sels); | ||||
4970 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sels.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||
4971 | ReferencedSelectors[Sels[I].first] = Sels[I].second; | ||||
4972 | } | ||||
4973 | |||||
4974 | // Warning will be issued only when selector table is | ||||
4975 | // generated (which means there is at lease one implementation | ||||
4976 | // in the TU). This is to match gcc's behavior. | ||||
4977 | if (ReferencedSelectors.empty() || | ||||
4978 | !Context.AnyObjCImplementation()) | ||||
4979 | return; | ||||
4980 | for (auto &SelectorAndLocation : ReferencedSelectors) { | ||||
4981 | Selector Sel = SelectorAndLocation.first; | ||||
4982 | SourceLocation Loc = SelectorAndLocation.second; | ||||
4983 | if (!LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Sel)) | ||||
4984 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unimplemented_selector) << Sel; | ||||
4985 | } | ||||
4986 | } | ||||
4987 | |||||
4988 | ObjCIvarDecl * | ||||
4989 | Sema::GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
4990 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const { | ||||
4991 | if (Method->isClassMethod()) | ||||
4992 | return nullptr; | ||||
4993 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = Method->getClassInterface(); | ||||
4994 | if (!IDecl) | ||||
4995 | return nullptr; | ||||
4996 | Method = IDecl->lookupMethod(Method->getSelector(), /*isInstance=*/true, | ||||
4997 | /*shallowCategoryLookup=*/false, | ||||
4998 | /*followSuper=*/false); | ||||
4999 | if (!Method || !Method->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||
5000 | return nullptr; | ||||
5001 | if ((PDecl = Method->findPropertyDecl())) | ||||
5002 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = PDecl->getPropertyIvarDecl()) { | ||||
5003 | // property backing ivar must belong to property's class | ||||
5004 | // or be a private ivar in class's implementation. | ||||
5005 | // FIXME. fix the const-ness issue. | ||||
5006 | IV = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(IDecl)->lookupInstanceVariable( | ||||
5007 | IV->getIdentifier()); | ||||
5008 | return IV; | ||||
5009 | } | ||||
5010 | return nullptr; | ||||
5011 | } | ||||
5012 | |||||
5013 | namespace { | ||||
5014 | /// Used by Sema::DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor to check if a property | ||||
5015 | /// accessor references the backing ivar. | ||||
5016 | class UnusedBackingIvarChecker : | ||||
5017 | public RecursiveASTVisitor<UnusedBackingIvarChecker> { | ||||
5018 | public: | ||||
5019 | Sema &S; | ||||
5020 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method; | ||||
5021 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IvarD; | ||||
5022 | bool AccessedIvar; | ||||
5023 | bool InvokedSelfMethod; | ||||
5024 | |||||
5025 | UnusedBackingIvarChecker(Sema &S, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
5026 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IvarD) | ||||
5027 | : S(S), Method(Method), IvarD(IvarD), | ||||
5028 | AccessedIvar(false), InvokedSelfMethod(false) { | ||||
5029 | assert(IvarD)((IvarD) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IvarD" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp" , 5029, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5030 | } | ||||
5031 | |||||
5032 | bool VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { | ||||
5033 | if (E->getDecl() == IvarD) { | ||||
5034 | AccessedIvar = true; | ||||
5035 | return false; | ||||
5036 | } | ||||
5037 | return true; | ||||
5038 | } | ||||
5039 | |||||
5040 | bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { | ||||
5041 | if (E->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance && | ||||
5042 | S.isSelfExpr(E->getInstanceReceiver(), Method)) { | ||||
5043 | InvokedSelfMethod = true; | ||||
5044 | } | ||||
5045 | return true; | ||||
5046 | } | ||||
5047 | }; | ||||
5048 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
5049 | |||||
5050 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, | ||||
5051 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { | ||||
5052 | if (S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) | ||||
5053 | return; | ||||
5054 | |||||
5055 | for (const auto *CurMethod : ImplD->instance_methods()) { | ||||
5056 | unsigned DIAG = diag::warn_unused_property_backing_ivar; | ||||
5057 | SourceLocation Loc = CurMethod->getLocation(); | ||||
5058 | if (Diags.isIgnored(DIAG, Loc)) | ||||
5059 | continue; | ||||
5060 | |||||
5061 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl; | ||||
5062 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(CurMethod, PDecl); | ||||
5063 | if (!IV) | ||||
5064 | continue; | ||||
5065 | |||||
5066 | UnusedBackingIvarChecker Checker(*this, CurMethod, IV); | ||||
5067 | Checker.TraverseStmt(CurMethod->getBody()); | ||||
5068 | if (Checker.AccessedIvar) | ||||
5069 | continue; | ||||
5070 | |||||
5071 | // Do not issue this warning if backing ivar is used somewhere and accessor | ||||
5072 | // implementation makes a self call. This is to prevent false positive in | ||||
5073 | // cases where the ivar is accessed by another method that the accessor | ||||
5074 | // delegates to. | ||||
5075 | if (!IV->isReferenced() || !Checker.InvokedSelfMethod) { | ||||
5076 | Diag(Loc, DIAG) << IV; | ||||
5077 | Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); | ||||
5078 | } | ||||
5079 | } | ||||
5080 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | } // namespace clang |
70 | |
71 | namespace llvm { |
72 | |
73 | template <typename T> |
74 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
75 | template<> |
76 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
77 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
78 | |
79 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
80 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
81 | } |
82 | |
83 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
84 | }; |
85 | |
86 | template<> |
87 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
88 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
89 | |
90 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
91 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
92 | } |
93 | |
94 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
95 | }; |
96 | |
97 | } // namespace llvm |
98 | |
99 | namespace clang { |
100 | |
101 | class ASTContext; |
102 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
103 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
104 | class DeclContext; |
105 | class EnumDecl; |
106 | class Expr; |
107 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
108 | class FunctionDecl; |
109 | class IdentifierInfo; |
110 | class NamedDecl; |
111 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
112 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
113 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
114 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
115 | class RecordDecl; |
116 | class Stmt; |
117 | class TagDecl; |
118 | class TemplateArgument; |
119 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
120 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
121 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
122 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
123 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
124 | |
125 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
126 | |
127 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
128 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
129 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
130 | |
131 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
132 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
133 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
134 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
135 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
136 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
137 | class Qualifiers { |
138 | public: |
139 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
140 | Const = 0x1, |
141 | Restrict = 0x2, |
142 | Volatile = 0x4, |
143 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
144 | }; |
145 | |
146 | enum GC { |
147 | GCNone = 0, |
148 | Weak, |
149 | Strong |
150 | }; |
151 | |
152 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
153 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
154 | OCL_None, |
155 | |
156 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
157 | /// releases. |
158 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
159 | |
160 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
161 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
162 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
163 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
164 | /// live. |
165 | OCL_Strong, |
166 | |
167 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
168 | OCL_Weak, |
169 | |
170 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
171 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
172 | }; |
173 | |
174 | enum { |
175 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
176 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
177 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
178 | |
179 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
180 | FastWidth = 3, |
181 | |
182 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
183 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
184 | }; |
185 | |
186 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
187 | /// the given sets. |
188 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
189 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
190 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
191 | Qualifiers Q; |
192 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
193 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
194 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
195 | return Q; |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | Qualifiers Q; |
199 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
200 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
201 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
202 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
203 | |
204 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
205 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
206 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
207 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
211 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
212 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
213 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
217 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
218 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
219 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
220 | } |
221 | return Q; |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
225 | Qualifiers Qs; |
226 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
227 | return Qs; |
228 | } |
229 | |
230 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
231 | Qualifiers Qs; |
232 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
233 | return Qs; |
234 | } |
235 | |
236 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
237 | Qualifiers Qs; |
238 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
239 | return Qs; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
243 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
244 | Qualifiers Qs; |
245 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
246 | return Qs; |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
250 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
251 | return Mask; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
255 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
256 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
257 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
261 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
262 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
266 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
267 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
270 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
271 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
272 | |
273 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
274 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
275 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
276 | } |
277 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
278 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 278, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
279 | Mask &= ~mask; |
280 | } |
281 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
282 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
283 | } |
284 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
285 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
286 | Mask |= mask; |
287 | } |
288 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
289 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 289, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
290 | Mask |= mask; |
291 | } |
292 | |
293 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
294 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
295 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
296 | } |
297 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
298 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
299 | |
300 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
301 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
302 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
304 | } |
305 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
306 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
307 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 307, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
308 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
309 | } |
310 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
311 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
312 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
313 | return qs; |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | |
326 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
327 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
328 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
329 | } |
330 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
331 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
332 | } |
333 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
334 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
335 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
336 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 336, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
337 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
338 | } |
339 | |
340 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
341 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
342 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
343 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
344 | } |
345 | |
346 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
347 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
348 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
349 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
350 | } |
351 | |
352 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
353 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
354 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
355 | } |
356 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
357 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
358 | } |
359 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
360 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
361 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
362 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
363 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
364 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
365 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
366 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
367 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
368 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
369 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
370 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
371 | return 0; |
372 | } |
373 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
374 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 374, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
375 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
376 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
377 | } |
378 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
379 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
380 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
381 | setAddressSpace(space); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
385 | // on a QualType object. |
386 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
387 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
388 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
389 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 389, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
390 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
391 | } |
392 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
393 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
394 | Mask &= ~mask; |
395 | } |
396 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
397 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
398 | } |
399 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
400 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
401 | Mask |= mask; |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
405 | /// node to be allocated. |
406 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
407 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
408 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
409 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
410 | return Quals; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
414 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
415 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
416 | |
417 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
418 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
419 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
420 | // bit-or it in. |
421 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
422 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
423 | else { |
424 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
425 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
426 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
427 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
428 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
429 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
430 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
431 | } |
432 | } |
433 | |
434 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
435 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
436 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
437 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
438 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
439 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
440 | else { |
441 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
442 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
443 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
444 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
445 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
446 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
447 | removeAddressSpace(); |
448 | } |
449 | } |
450 | |
451 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
452 | /// they don't conflict. |
453 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
454 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
455 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
456 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
457 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
458 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
459 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
460 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
461 | } |
462 | |
463 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
464 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
465 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
466 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
467 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
468 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
469 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
470 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
471 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
472 | return A == B || |
473 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
474 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
475 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant); |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
479 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
480 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
481 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
482 | } |
483 | |
484 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
485 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
486 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
487 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
488 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
489 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
490 | // be changed. |
491 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
492 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
493 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
494 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
495 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
496 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
497 | // U qualifier may superset. |
498 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
502 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
503 | /// |
504 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
505 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
506 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
507 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
508 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
509 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
510 | return true; |
511 | |
512 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
513 | return false; |
514 | |
515 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
516 | return true; |
517 | |
518 | return hasConst(); |
519 | } |
520 | |
521 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
522 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
523 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
524 | |
525 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
526 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
527 | |
528 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
529 | |
530 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
531 | addQualifiers(R); |
532 | return *this; |
533 | } |
534 | |
535 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
536 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
537 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
538 | L += R; |
539 | return L; |
540 | } |
541 | |
542 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
543 | removeQualifiers(R); |
544 | return *this; |
545 | } |
546 | |
547 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
548 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
549 | L -= R; |
550 | return L; |
551 | } |
552 | |
553 | std::string getAsString() const; |
554 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
555 | |
556 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
557 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
558 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
559 | |
560 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
561 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | private: |
565 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
566 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
567 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
568 | |
569 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
570 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
571 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
572 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
573 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
574 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
575 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
576 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
577 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
578 | }; |
579 | |
580 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
581 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
582 | struct SplitQualType { |
583 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
584 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
585 | |
586 | /// The local qualifiers. |
587 | Qualifiers Quals; |
588 | |
589 | SplitQualType() = default; |
590 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
591 | |
592 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
593 | |
594 | // Make std::tie work. |
595 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
596 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
597 | } |
598 | |
599 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
600 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
601 | } |
602 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
603 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
604 | } |
605 | }; |
606 | |
607 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
608 | /// |
609 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
610 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
611 | /// unspecialized type. |
612 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
613 | /// An ordinary type. |
614 | Ordinary, |
615 | |
616 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
617 | Result, |
618 | |
619 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
620 | Parameter, |
621 | |
622 | /// The type of a property. |
623 | Property, |
624 | |
625 | /// The superclass of a type. |
626 | Superclass, |
627 | }; |
628 | |
629 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
630 | /// |
631 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
632 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
633 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
634 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
635 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
636 | /// |
637 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
638 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
639 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
640 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
641 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
642 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
643 | class QualType { |
644 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
645 | |
646 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
647 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
648 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
649 | |
650 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
651 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
652 | } |
653 | |
654 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
655 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
656 | } |
657 | |
658 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
659 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
660 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
661 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
662 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
663 | } |
664 | |
665 | public: |
666 | QualType() = default; |
667 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
668 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
669 | |
670 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
671 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
672 | |
673 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
674 | /// |
675 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
676 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
677 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
678 | |
679 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
680 | |
681 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
682 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
683 | |
684 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
685 | /// qualifiers. |
686 | SplitQualType split() const; |
687 | |
688 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
689 | |
690 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
691 | QualType T; |
692 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
693 | return T; |
694 | } |
695 | |
696 | const Type &operator*() const { |
697 | return *getTypePtr(); |
698 | } |
699 | |
700 | const Type *operator->() const { |
701 | return getTypePtr(); |
702 | } |
703 | |
704 | bool isCanonical() const; |
705 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
706 | |
707 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
708 | bool isNull() const { |
709 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
710 | } |
711 | |
712 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
713 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
714 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
715 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
716 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
717 | } |
718 | |
719 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
720 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
730 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
740 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
743 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
744 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
745 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
746 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
750 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
754 | /// instance. |
755 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
756 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
760 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
761 | /// other sugar. |
762 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
763 | |
764 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
765 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
766 | |
767 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
768 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
769 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
770 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
771 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
772 | } |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
775 | /// applied to this type. |
776 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
777 | |
778 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
779 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
780 | } |
781 | |
782 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
783 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
784 | |
785 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
786 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
787 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
788 | |
789 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
790 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
791 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
792 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
793 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
796 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
797 | |
798 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
799 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
800 | |
801 | |
802 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
803 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
806 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
807 | |
808 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
809 | // easily added. |
810 | |
811 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
812 | void addConst() { |
813 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
814 | } |
815 | QualType withConst() const { |
816 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
817 | } |
818 | |
819 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
820 | void addVolatile() { |
821 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
822 | } |
823 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
824 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
825 | } |
826 | |
827 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
828 | void addRestrict() { |
829 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
830 | } |
831 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
832 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
833 | } |
834 | |
835 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
836 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
837 | } |
838 | |
839 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
840 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
841 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
842 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | void removeLocalConst(); |
846 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
847 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
848 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
849 | |
850 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
851 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
852 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
853 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
857 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
858 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
859 | QualType T = *this; |
860 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
861 | return T; |
862 | } |
863 | |
864 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
865 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
866 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
867 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
868 | } |
869 | |
870 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
871 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
872 | QualType T = *this; |
873 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
874 | return T; |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
878 | |
879 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
880 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
881 | /// through typedefs. |
882 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
883 | |
884 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
885 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
886 | /// |
887 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
888 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
889 | /// |
890 | /// \code |
891 | /// typedef int Integer; |
892 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
893 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
894 | /// \endcode |
895 | /// |
896 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
897 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
898 | /// |
899 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
900 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
901 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
902 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
903 | |
904 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
905 | /// sugar as possible. |
906 | /// |
907 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
908 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
909 | /// |
910 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
911 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
912 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
913 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
914 | |
915 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
916 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
917 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
918 | |
919 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
920 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
921 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
922 | |
923 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
926 | /// specified result type. |
927 | /// |
928 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
929 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
930 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
931 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
932 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
933 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
936 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
937 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
938 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
939 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
940 | /// concrete. |
941 | /// |
942 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
943 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
944 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
945 | } |
946 | |
947 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
948 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
952 | /// the type. |
953 | /// |
954 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
955 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
956 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
957 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
958 | } |
959 | |
960 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
961 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
962 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
963 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
964 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
965 | return *this; |
966 | } |
967 | |
968 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
969 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
970 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
971 | } |
972 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
973 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
974 | } |
975 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
976 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
980 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
981 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
982 | } |
983 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
984 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
985 | |
986 | std::string getAsString() const; |
987 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
988 | |
989 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
990 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
991 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
992 | |
993 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
995 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
996 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
997 | } |
998 | |
999 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1000 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1001 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1002 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1003 | |
1004 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1005 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1006 | |
1007 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1008 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1009 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1010 | } |
1011 | |
1012 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1013 | std::string &out, |
1014 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1015 | |
1016 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1017 | const QualType &T; |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1019 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1020 | unsigned Indentation; |
1021 | |
1022 | public: |
1023 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1024 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1025 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1026 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1027 | |
1028 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1029 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1030 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1031 | return OS; |
1032 | } |
1033 | }; |
1034 | |
1035 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1036 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1037 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1038 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1039 | } |
1040 | |
1041 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1042 | void dump() const; |
1043 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1044 | |
1045 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1046 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1047 | } |
1048 | |
1049 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1050 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1051 | |
1052 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1053 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1054 | |
1055 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1056 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1057 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1058 | } |
1059 | |
1060 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1061 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1062 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1063 | } |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1066 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1067 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1068 | } |
1069 | |
1070 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1071 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1072 | } |
1073 | |
1074 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1075 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1079 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1080 | |
1081 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1082 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1083 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1084 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1085 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1086 | |
1087 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1088 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1089 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1090 | |
1091 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1092 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1093 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1094 | |
1095 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1096 | PDIK_Struct |
1097 | }; |
1098 | |
1099 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1100 | |
1101 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1102 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1103 | /// and return the kind. |
1104 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1105 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1106 | |
1107 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1108 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1109 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1110 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1111 | PCK_Trivial, |
1112 | |
1113 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1114 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1115 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1116 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1117 | |
1118 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1119 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1120 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1121 | |
1122 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1123 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1124 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1127 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1128 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1129 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1130 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1131 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1132 | PCK_Struct |
1133 | }; |
1134 | |
1135 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1136 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1137 | /// kind. |
1138 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1141 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1142 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1143 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1144 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1145 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1146 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1147 | |
1148 | enum DestructionKind { |
1149 | DK_none, |
1150 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1151 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1152 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1153 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1154 | }; |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1157 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1158 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1159 | /// something require destruction. |
1160 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1161 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1162 | } |
1163 | |
1164 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1165 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1166 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1167 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1168 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1169 | |
1170 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1171 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1172 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1173 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1174 | |
1175 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1176 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1177 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1178 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1179 | |
1180 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1181 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1182 | /// |
1183 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1184 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1185 | /// - function types |
1186 | /// |
1187 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1188 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1189 | /// type other than void. |
1190 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1191 | |
1192 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1193 | /// subject type. |
1194 | /// |
1195 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1196 | /// |
1197 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1198 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1199 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1200 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1201 | /// for the context. |
1202 | /// |
1203 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1204 | /// |
1205 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1206 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1207 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1208 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1209 | |
1210 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1211 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1212 | /// |
1213 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1214 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1215 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1216 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1219 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1220 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1221 | /// |
1222 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1223 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1224 | /// be substituted. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1227 | /// |
1228 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1229 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1230 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1231 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1232 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1233 | |
1234 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1235 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1236 | |
1237 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1238 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1239 | |
1240 | private: |
1241 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1242 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1243 | // caller. |
1244 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1245 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1246 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1247 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1248 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1249 | const ASTContext &C); |
1250 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1251 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1252 | |
1253 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1254 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1255 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1256 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1257 | }; |
1258 | |
1259 | } // namespace clang |
1260 | |
1261 | namespace llvm { |
1262 | |
1263 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1264 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1265 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1266 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1267 | |
1268 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1269 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1270 | } |
1271 | }; |
1272 | |
1273 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1274 | template<> |
1275 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1276 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1277 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1278 | } |
1279 | |
1280 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1281 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1282 | } |
1283 | |
1284 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1285 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1286 | }; |
1287 | |
1288 | } // namespace llvm |
1289 | |
1290 | namespace clang { |
1291 | |
1292 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1293 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1294 | /// two. |
1295 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1296 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1297 | friend class QualType; |
1298 | friend class Type; |
1299 | |
1300 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1301 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1302 | /// |
1303 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1304 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1305 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1306 | |
1307 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1308 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1309 | |
1310 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1311 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1315 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1316 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1317 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1318 | /// store qualifiers. |
1319 | /// |
1320 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1321 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1322 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1323 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1324 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1325 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1326 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1327 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1328 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1329 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1330 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1331 | // 2. QualType: |
1332 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1333 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1334 | // this header. |
1335 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1336 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1337 | |
1338 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1339 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1340 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1341 | |
1342 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1343 | |
1344 | public: |
1345 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1346 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1347 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1348 | Quals(quals) { |
1349 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1350 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1351 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1352 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1353 | } |
1354 | |
1355 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1356 | |
1357 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1358 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1359 | |
1360 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1361 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1362 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1363 | } |
1364 | |
1365 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1366 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1367 | |
1368 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1369 | |
1370 | public: |
1371 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1372 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1373 | } |
1374 | |
1375 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1376 | const Type *BaseType, |
1377 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1378 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1378, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1379 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1380 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1381 | } |
1382 | }; |
1383 | |
1384 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1385 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1386 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1387 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1388 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1389 | RQ_None = 0, |
1390 | |
1391 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1392 | RQ_LValue, |
1393 | |
1394 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1395 | RQ_RValue |
1396 | }; |
1397 | |
1398 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1399 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1400 | /// auto |
1401 | Auto, |
1402 | |
1403 | /// decltype(auto) |
1404 | DecltypeAuto, |
1405 | |
1406 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1407 | GNUAutoType |
1408 | }; |
1409 | |
1410 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1411 | /// |
1412 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1413 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1414 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1415 | /// |
1416 | /// typedef int foo; |
1417 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1418 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1419 | /// |
1420 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1421 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1422 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1423 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1424 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1425 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1426 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1427 | /// |
1428 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1429 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1430 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1431 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1432 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1433 | /// |
1434 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1435 | /// |
1436 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1437 | public: |
1438 | enum TypeClass { |
1439 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1440 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1441 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1442 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1443 | }; |
1444 | |
1445 | private: |
1446 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1447 | class TypeBitfields { |
1448 | friend class Type; |
1449 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1450 | |
1451 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1452 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1453 | |
1454 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1455 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1456 | |
1457 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1458 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1459 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1460 | |
1461 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1462 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1465 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1466 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1467 | |
1468 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1469 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1470 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1471 | |
1472 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1473 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1474 | |
1475 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1476 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1477 | |
1478 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1479 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1482 | return CacheValid; |
1483 | } |
1484 | |
1485 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1486 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1487 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1488 | } |
1489 | |
1490 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1491 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1492 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1493 | } |
1494 | }; |
1495 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1496 | |
1497 | protected: |
1498 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1499 | // into Type. |
1500 | |
1501 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1502 | friend class ArrayType; |
1503 | |
1504 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1505 | |
1506 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1507 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1508 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1509 | |
1510 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1511 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1512 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1513 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1514 | }; |
1515 | |
1516 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1517 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1518 | |
1519 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1520 | |
1521 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1522 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1523 | }; |
1524 | |
1525 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1526 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1527 | |
1528 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1529 | |
1530 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1531 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1532 | }; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1535 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1536 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1537 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1538 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1539 | friend class FunctionType; |
1540 | |
1541 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1544 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1545 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1546 | |
1547 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1548 | /// |
1549 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1550 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1551 | |
1552 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1553 | /// other bitfields. |
1554 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1555 | /// |
1556 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1557 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1558 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1559 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1560 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1561 | |
1562 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1563 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1564 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1565 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1566 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1567 | |
1568 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1569 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1570 | |
1571 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1572 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1573 | |
1574 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1575 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1578 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1579 | }; |
1580 | |
1581 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1582 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1583 | |
1584 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1585 | |
1586 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1587 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1588 | |
1589 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1590 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1591 | |
1592 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1593 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1594 | }; |
1595 | |
1596 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1597 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1598 | |
1599 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1600 | |
1601 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1602 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1603 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1604 | /// as follows: |
1605 | /// |
1606 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1607 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1608 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1609 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1610 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1611 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1612 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1613 | |
1614 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1615 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1616 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1617 | }; |
1618 | |
1619 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1620 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1621 | |
1622 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1623 | |
1624 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1625 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1626 | }; |
1627 | |
1628 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1629 | |
1630 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1631 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1632 | |
1633 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1634 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1635 | |
1636 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1637 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1638 | }; |
1639 | |
1640 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1641 | friend class VectorType; |
1642 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1643 | |
1644 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1645 | |
1646 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1647 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1648 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1649 | |
1650 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1651 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1652 | |
1653 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1654 | }; |
1655 | |
1656 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1657 | friend class AttributedType; |
1658 | |
1659 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1660 | |
1661 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1662 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1663 | }; |
1664 | |
1665 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1666 | friend class AutoType; |
1667 | |
1668 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1669 | |
1670 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1671 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1672 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1673 | }; |
1674 | |
1675 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1676 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1677 | |
1678 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1679 | |
1680 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1681 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1682 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1683 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1684 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1685 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1686 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1687 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1688 | }; |
1689 | |
1690 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1691 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1692 | |
1693 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1694 | |
1695 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1696 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1697 | |
1698 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1699 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1700 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1701 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1702 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1703 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1704 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1705 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1706 | }; |
1707 | |
1708 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1709 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1710 | |
1711 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1712 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1713 | |
1714 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1715 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1716 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1717 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1718 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1719 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1720 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1721 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1722 | }; |
1723 | |
1724 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1725 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1726 | |
1727 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1728 | |
1729 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1730 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1731 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1732 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1733 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1734 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1735 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1736 | /// |
1737 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1738 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1739 | /// have not. |
1740 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1741 | }; |
1742 | |
1743 | union { |
1744 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1745 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1746 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1747 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1748 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1749 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1750 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1751 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1752 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1753 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1754 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1755 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1756 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1757 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1758 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1759 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1760 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1761 | |
1762 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1763 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1764 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1765 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1766 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1767 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1768 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1769 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1770 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1771 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1772 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1773 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1774 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1775 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1776 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1777 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1778 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1779 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1780 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1781 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1782 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1783 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1784 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1785 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1786 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1787 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1788 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1789 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1790 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1791 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1792 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1793 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1794 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1795 | }; |
1796 | |
1797 | private: |
1798 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1799 | |
1800 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1801 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1802 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1803 | } |
1804 | |
1805 | protected: |
1806 | friend class ASTContext; |
1807 | |
1808 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1809 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1810 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1811 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1812 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1813 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1814 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1815 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1816 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1817 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1818 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1819 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1820 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1821 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1822 | } |
1823 | |
1824 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1825 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1826 | |
1827 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1828 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1829 | if (D) |
1830 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1831 | } |
1832 | |
1833 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1834 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1835 | |
1836 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1837 | |
1838 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1839 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1840 | } |
1841 | |
1842 | public: |
1843 | friend class ASTReader; |
1844 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1845 | |
1846 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1847 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1848 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1849 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1850 | |
1851 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1852 | |
1853 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1854 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1855 | |
1856 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1857 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1858 | /// |
1859 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1860 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1861 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1862 | /// |
1863 | /// \code |
1864 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1865 | /// struct X { |
1866 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1867 | /// }; |
1868 | /// \endcode |
1869 | /// |
1870 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1871 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1872 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1873 | } |
1874 | |
1875 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1876 | /// qualification. |
1877 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1878 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1879 | } |
1880 | |
1881 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1882 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1883 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1884 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1885 | |
1886 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1887 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1888 | |
1889 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1890 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1891 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1892 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1893 | /// |
1894 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1895 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1896 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1897 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1898 | |
1899 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1900 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1901 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1902 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1903 | } |
1904 | |
1905 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1906 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1907 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1908 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1909 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1910 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1911 | } |
1912 | |
1913 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1914 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1915 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1916 | |
1917 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1918 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1919 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1920 | |
1921 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1922 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1923 | |
1924 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1925 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1926 | |
1927 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1928 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1929 | |
1930 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1931 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1932 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1933 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1934 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1935 | |
1936 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1937 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1938 | |
1939 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1940 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1941 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1942 | |
1943 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1944 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1945 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1946 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1947 | |
1948 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1949 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1950 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1951 | bool isCharType() const; |
1952 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1953 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1954 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1955 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1956 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1957 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1958 | |
1959 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1960 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1961 | |
1962 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1963 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1964 | |
1965 | /// Floating point categories. |
1966 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1967 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1968 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1969 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1970 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1971 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1972 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1973 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1974 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1975 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1976 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1977 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1978 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1979 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1980 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1981 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1982 | |
1983 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
1984 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1985 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
1986 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
1987 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
1988 | bool isPointerType() const; |
1989 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
1990 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
1991 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
1992 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
1993 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
1994 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
1995 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
1996 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
1997 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
1998 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
1999 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2000 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2001 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2002 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2003 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2004 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2005 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2006 | bool isClassType() const; |
2007 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2008 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2009 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2010 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2011 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2012 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2013 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2014 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2015 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2016 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2017 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2018 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2019 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2020 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2021 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2022 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2023 | // for the common case. |
2024 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2025 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2026 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2027 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2028 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2029 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2030 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2031 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2032 | /// qualifier? |
2033 | /// |
2034 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2035 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2036 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2037 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2038 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2039 | } |
2040 | |
2041 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2042 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2043 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2044 | /// |
2045 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2046 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2047 | /// null for 'id. |
2048 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2049 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2050 | |
2051 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2052 | |
2053 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2054 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2055 | /// |
2056 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2057 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2058 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2059 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2060 | |
2061 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2062 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2063 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2064 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2065 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2066 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2067 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2068 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2069 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2070 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2071 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2072 | |
2073 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2074 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2075 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2076 | |
2077 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2078 | |
2079 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2080 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2081 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2082 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2083 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2084 | |
2085 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2086 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2087 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2088 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2089 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2090 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2091 | |
2092 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2093 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2094 | |
2095 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2096 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2097 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2098 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2099 | |
2100 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2101 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2102 | |
2103 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2104 | STK_CPointer, |
2105 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2106 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2107 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2108 | STK_Bool, |
2109 | STK_Integral, |
2110 | STK_Floating, |
2111 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2112 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2113 | STK_FixedPoint |
2114 | }; |
2115 | |
2116 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2117 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2118 | |
2119 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2120 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2121 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2122 | |
2123 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2124 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2125 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2126 | /// template parameter). |
2127 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2128 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2129 | } |
2130 | |
2131 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2132 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2133 | /// deduced. |
2134 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2135 | |
2136 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2137 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2138 | |
2139 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2140 | /// with a definite size. |
2141 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2142 | |
2143 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2144 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2145 | |
2146 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2147 | |
2148 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2149 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2150 | |
2151 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2152 | |
2153 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2154 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2155 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2156 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2157 | |
2158 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2159 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2160 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2161 | |
2162 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2163 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2164 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2165 | |
2166 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2167 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2168 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2169 | |
2170 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2171 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2172 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2173 | |
2174 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2175 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2176 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2177 | |
2178 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2179 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2180 | // the best type we can. |
2181 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2182 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2183 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2184 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2185 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2186 | |
2187 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2188 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2189 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2190 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2191 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2192 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2193 | |
2194 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2195 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2196 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2197 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2198 | |
2199 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2200 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2201 | |
2202 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2203 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2204 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2205 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2206 | |
2207 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2208 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2209 | /// |
2210 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2211 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2212 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2213 | |
2214 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2215 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2216 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2217 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2218 | |
2219 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2220 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2221 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2222 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2223 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2224 | } |
2225 | |
2226 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2227 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2228 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2229 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2230 | |
2231 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2232 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2233 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2234 | /// |
2235 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2236 | /// immediately following this class. |
2237 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2238 | |
2239 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2240 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2241 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2242 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2243 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2244 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2245 | |
2246 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2247 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2248 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2251 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2252 | /// |
2253 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2254 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2255 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2256 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2259 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2260 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2261 | |
2262 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2263 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2264 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2265 | |
2266 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2267 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2268 | /// are meaningful. |
2269 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2270 | |
2271 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2272 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2273 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2274 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2275 | |
2276 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2277 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2278 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2279 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2280 | |
2281 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2282 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2283 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2284 | |
2285 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2286 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2287 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2288 | |
2289 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2290 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2291 | |
2292 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2293 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2294 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2295 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2296 | |
2297 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2298 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2299 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2300 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2301 | |
2302 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2303 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2304 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2305 | |
2306 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2307 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2308 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2309 | |
2310 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2311 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2312 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2313 | |
2314 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2315 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2316 | |
2317 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2318 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2319 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2322 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2323 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2326 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2327 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2328 | |
2329 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2330 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2331 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2332 | |
2333 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2334 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2335 | /// incomplete types. |
2336 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2337 | |
2338 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2339 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2340 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2341 | |
2342 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2343 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2344 | |
2345 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2346 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2347 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2348 | } |
2349 | |
2350 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2351 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2352 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2353 | } |
2354 | |
2355 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2356 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2357 | |
2358 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2359 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2360 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2361 | |
2362 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2363 | /// |
2364 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2365 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2366 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2367 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2368 | |
2369 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2370 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2371 | /// |
2372 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2373 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2374 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2375 | |
2376 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2377 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2378 | /// |
2379 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2380 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2381 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2382 | /// |
2383 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2384 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2385 | /// category, or method within. |
2386 | /// |
2387 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2388 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2389 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2390 | /// substitution is required. |
2391 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2392 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2393 | |
2394 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2395 | /// parameters. |
2396 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2397 | |
2398 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2399 | |
2400 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2401 | return CanonicalType; |
2402 | } |
2403 | |
2404 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2405 | void dump() const; |
2406 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2407 | }; |
2408 | |
2409 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2410 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2411 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2414 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2415 | /// non-sugared type. |
2416 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2417 | |
2418 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2419 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2420 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2421 | |
2422 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2423 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2424 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2425 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2426 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2427 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2428 | } \ |
2429 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2430 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2431 | } |
2432 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2433 | |
2434 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2435 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2436 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2437 | public: |
2438 | enum Kind { |
2439 | // OpenCL image types |
2440 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2441 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2442 | // OpenCL extension types |
2443 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2444 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2445 | // SVE Types |
2446 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2447 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2448 | // All other builtin types |
2449 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2450 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2451 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2452 | }; |
2453 | |
2454 | private: |
2455 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2456 | |
2457 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2458 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2459 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2460 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2461 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2462 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2463 | } |
2464 | |
2465 | public: |
2466 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2467 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2468 | |
2469 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2470 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2471 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2472 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2472, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2473 | return str.data(); |
2474 | } |
2475 | |
2476 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2477 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2478 | |
2479 | bool isInteger() const { |
2480 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2481 | } |
2482 | |
2483 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2484 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2485 | } |
2486 | |
2487 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2488 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2489 | } |
2490 | |
2491 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2492 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2493 | } |
2494 | |
2495 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2496 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2497 | return K >= Overload; |
2498 | } |
2499 | |
2500 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2501 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2502 | /// expression. |
2503 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2504 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2505 | } |
2506 | |
2507 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2508 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2509 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2510 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2511 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2512 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2513 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2514 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2515 | /// special treatment. |
2516 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2517 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2518 | } |
2519 | |
2520 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2521 | }; |
2522 | |
2523 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2524 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2525 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2526 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2527 | |
2528 | QualType ElementType; |
2529 | |
2530 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2531 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2532 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2533 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2534 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2535 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2536 | |
2537 | public: |
2538 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2539 | |
2540 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2541 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2542 | |
2543 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2544 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2545 | } |
2546 | |
2547 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2548 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2549 | } |
2550 | |
2551 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2552 | }; |
2553 | |
2554 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2555 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2556 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2557 | |
2558 | QualType Inner; |
2559 | |
2560 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2561 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2562 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2563 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2564 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2565 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2566 | |
2567 | public: |
2568 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2569 | |
2570 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2571 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2572 | |
2573 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2574 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2575 | } |
2576 | |
2577 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2578 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2579 | } |
2580 | |
2581 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2582 | }; |
2583 | |
2584 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2585 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2586 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2587 | |
2588 | QualType PointeeType; |
2589 | |
2590 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2591 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2592 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2593 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2594 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2595 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2596 | |
2597 | public: |
2598 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2599 | |
2600 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2601 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2602 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2603 | /// address spaces. |
2604 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2605 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2606 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2607 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2608 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2609 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2610 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2611 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2612 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2613 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2614 | } |
2615 | |
2616 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2617 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2618 | |
2619 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2620 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2621 | } |
2622 | |
2623 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2624 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2625 | } |
2626 | |
2627 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2628 | }; |
2629 | |
2630 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2631 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2632 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2633 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2634 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2635 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2636 | |
2637 | protected: |
2638 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2639 | |
2640 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2641 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2642 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2643 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2644 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2645 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2646 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2647 | |
2648 | public: |
2649 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2650 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2651 | |
2652 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2653 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2654 | |
2655 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2656 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2657 | } |
2658 | |
2659 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2660 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2661 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2662 | } |
2663 | |
2664 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2665 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2666 | } |
2667 | }; |
2668 | |
2669 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2670 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2671 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2672 | |
2673 | inline |
2674 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2675 | |
2676 | public: |
2677 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2678 | |
2679 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2680 | |
2681 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2682 | }; |
2683 | |
2684 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2685 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2686 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2687 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2688 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2689 | |
2690 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2691 | QualType PointeeType; |
2692 | |
2693 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2694 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2695 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2696 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2697 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2698 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2699 | |
2700 | public: |
2701 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2702 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2703 | |
2704 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2705 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2706 | |
2707 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2708 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2709 | } |
2710 | |
2711 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2712 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2713 | } |
2714 | |
2715 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2716 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2717 | } |
2718 | }; |
2719 | |
2720 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2721 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2722 | QualType PointeeType; |
2723 | |
2724 | protected: |
2725 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2726 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2727 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2728 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2729 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2730 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2731 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2732 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2733 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2734 | } |
2735 | |
2736 | public: |
2737 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2738 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2739 | |
2740 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2741 | |
2742 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2743 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2744 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2745 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2746 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2747 | return T->PointeeType; |
2748 | } |
2749 | |
2750 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2751 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2752 | } |
2753 | |
2754 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2755 | QualType Referencee, |
2756 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2757 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2758 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2759 | } |
2760 | |
2761 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2762 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2763 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2764 | } |
2765 | }; |
2766 | |
2767 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2768 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2769 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2770 | |
2771 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2772 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2773 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2774 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2775 | |
2776 | public: |
2777 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2778 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2779 | |
2780 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2781 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2782 | } |
2783 | }; |
2784 | |
2785 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2786 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2787 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2788 | |
2789 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2790 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2791 | |
2792 | public: |
2793 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2794 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2795 | |
2796 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2797 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2798 | } |
2799 | }; |
2800 | |
2801 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2802 | /// |
2803 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2804 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2805 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2806 | |
2807 | QualType PointeeType; |
2808 | |
2809 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2810 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2811 | const Type *Class; |
2812 | |
2813 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2814 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2815 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2816 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2817 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2818 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2819 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2820 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2821 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2822 | |
2823 | public: |
2824 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2825 | |
2826 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2827 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2828 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2829 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2830 | } |
2831 | |
2832 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2833 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2834 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2835 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2836 | } |
2837 | |
2838 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2839 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2840 | |
2841 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2842 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2843 | |
2844 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2845 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2846 | } |
2847 | |
2848 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2849 | const Type *Class) { |
2850 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2851 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2852 | } |
2853 | |
2854 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2855 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2856 | } |
2857 | }; |
2858 | |
2859 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2860 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2861 | public: |
2862 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2863 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2864 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2865 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2866 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2867 | Normal, Static, Star |
2868 | }; |
2869 | |
2870 | private: |
2871 | /// The element type of the array. |
2872 | QualType ElementType; |
2873 | |
2874 | protected: |
2875 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2876 | |
2877 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2878 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2879 | |
2880 | public: |
2881 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2882 | |
2883 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2884 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2885 | } |
2886 | |
2887 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2888 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2889 | } |
2890 | |
2891 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2892 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2893 | } |
2894 | |
2895 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2896 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2897 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2898 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2899 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2900 | } |
2901 | }; |
2902 | |
2903 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2904 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2905 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2906 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2907 | : public ArrayType, |
2908 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2909 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2910 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2911 | |
2912 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2913 | |
2914 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2915 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2916 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2917 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2918 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2919 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2919, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2920 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2921 | } |
2922 | } |
2923 | |
2924 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2925 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2926 | } |
2927 | |
2928 | public: |
2929 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2930 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2931 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2932 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2933 | : nullptr; |
2934 | } |
2935 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2936 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2937 | |
2938 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2939 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2940 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2941 | QualType ElementType, |
2942 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2943 | |
2944 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2945 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2946 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2947 | |
2948 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2949 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2950 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2951 | } |
2952 | |
2953 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2954 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2955 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2956 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2957 | |
2958 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2959 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2960 | } |
2961 | }; |
2962 | |
2963 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2964 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2965 | /// unspecified. |
2966 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2967 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2968 | |
2969 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2970 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2971 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2972 | |
2973 | public: |
2974 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2975 | |
2976 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2977 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2978 | |
2979 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2980 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
2981 | } |
2982 | |
2983 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2984 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
2985 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2986 | } |
2987 | |
2988 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2989 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2990 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2991 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2992 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2993 | } |
2994 | }; |
2995 | |
2996 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
2997 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
2998 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
2999 | /// |
3000 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3001 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3002 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3003 | /// dynamically: |
3004 | /// |
3005 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3006 | /// int Y[x]; |
3007 | /// ++x; |
3008 | /// int Z[x]; |
3009 | /// } |
3010 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3011 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3012 | |
3013 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3014 | /// a function block. |
3015 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3016 | |
3017 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3018 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3019 | |
3020 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3021 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3022 | SourceRange brackets) |
3023 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3024 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3025 | |
3026 | public: |
3027 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3028 | |
3029 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3030 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3031 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3032 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3033 | } |
3034 | |
3035 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3036 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3037 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3038 | |
3039 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3040 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3041 | |
3042 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3043 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3044 | } |
3045 | |
3046 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3047 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3047); |
3048 | } |
3049 | }; |
3050 | |
3051 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3052 | /// |
3053 | /// For example: |
3054 | /// \code |
3055 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3056 | /// class array { |
3057 | /// T data[Size]; |
3058 | /// }; |
3059 | /// \endcode |
3060 | /// |
3061 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3062 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3063 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3064 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3065 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3066 | |
3067 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3068 | |
3069 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3070 | /// size of the array. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3073 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3074 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3075 | |
3076 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3077 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3078 | |
3079 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3080 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3081 | SourceRange brackets); |
3082 | |
3083 | public: |
3084 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3085 | |
3086 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3087 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3088 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3089 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3090 | } |
3091 | |
3092 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3093 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3094 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3095 | |
3096 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3097 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3098 | |
3099 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3100 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3101 | } |
3102 | |
3103 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3104 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3105 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3106 | } |
3107 | |
3108 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3109 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3110 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3111 | }; |
3112 | |
3113 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3114 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3115 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3116 | /// |
3117 | /// For example: |
3118 | /// \code |
3119 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3120 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3121 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3122 | /// } |
3123 | /// \endcode |
3124 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3125 | friend class ASTContext; |
3126 | |
3127 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3128 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3129 | QualType PointeeType; |
3130 | SourceLocation loc; |
3131 | |
3132 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3133 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3134 | SourceLocation loc); |
3135 | |
3136 | public: |
3137 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3138 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3139 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3140 | |
3141 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3142 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3143 | |
3144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3145 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3149 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3150 | } |
3151 | |
3152 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3153 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3154 | }; |
3155 | |
3156 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3157 | /// dependent. |
3158 | /// |
3159 | /// For example: |
3160 | /// \code |
3161 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3162 | /// class vector { |
3163 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3164 | /// } |
3165 | /// \endcode |
3166 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3167 | friend class ASTContext; |
3168 | |
3169 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3170 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3171 | |
3172 | /// The element type of the array. |
3173 | QualType ElementType; |
3174 | |
3175 | SourceLocation loc; |
3176 | |
3177 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3178 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3179 | |
3180 | public: |
3181 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3182 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3183 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3184 | |
3185 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3186 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3187 | |
3188 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3189 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3190 | } |
3191 | |
3192 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3193 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3194 | } |
3195 | |
3196 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3197 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3198 | }; |
3199 | |
3200 | |
3201 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3202 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3203 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3204 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3205 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3206 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3207 | public: |
3208 | enum VectorKind { |
3209 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3210 | GenericVector, |
3211 | |
3212 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3213 | AltiVecVector, |
3214 | |
3215 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3216 | AltiVecPixel, |
3217 | |
3218 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3219 | AltiVecBool, |
3220 | |
3221 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3222 | NeonVector, |
3223 | |
3224 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3225 | NeonPolyVector |
3226 | }; |
3227 | |
3228 | protected: |
3229 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3230 | |
3231 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3232 | QualType ElementType; |
3233 | |
3234 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3235 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3236 | |
3237 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3238 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3239 | |
3240 | public: |
3241 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3242 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3243 | |
3244 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3245 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3246 | } |
3247 | |
3248 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3249 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3250 | |
3251 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3252 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3253 | } |
3254 | |
3255 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3256 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3257 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3258 | } |
3259 | |
3260 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3261 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3262 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3263 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3264 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3265 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3266 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3267 | } |
3268 | |
3269 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3270 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3271 | } |
3272 | }; |
3273 | |
3274 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3275 | //// |
3276 | /// For example: |
3277 | /// \code |
3278 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3279 | /// class vector { |
3280 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3281 | /// } |
3282 | /// \endcode |
3283 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3284 | friend class ASTContext; |
3285 | |
3286 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3287 | QualType ElementType; |
3288 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3289 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3290 | |
3291 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3292 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3293 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3294 | |
3295 | public: |
3296 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3297 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3298 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3299 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3300 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3301 | } |
3302 | |
3303 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3304 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3305 | |
3306 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3307 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3308 | } |
3309 | |
3310 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3311 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3312 | } |
3313 | |
3314 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3315 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3316 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3317 | }; |
3318 | |
3319 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3320 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3321 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3322 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3323 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3324 | /// Shading Language). |
3325 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3326 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3327 | |
3328 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3329 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3330 | |
3331 | public: |
3332 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3333 | switch (c) { |
3334 | default: return -1; |
3335 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3336 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3337 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3338 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3339 | } |
3340 | } |
3341 | |
3342 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3343 | switch (c) { |
3344 | default: return -1; |
3345 | case '0': return 0; |
3346 | case '1': return 1; |
3347 | case '2': return 2; |
3348 | case '3': return 3; |
3349 | case '4': return 4; |
3350 | case '5': return 5; |
3351 | case '6': return 6; |
3352 | case '7': return 7; |
3353 | case '8': return 8; |
3354 | case '9': return 9; |
3355 | case 'A': |
3356 | case 'a': return 10; |
3357 | case 'B': |
3358 | case 'b': return 11; |
3359 | case 'C': |
3360 | case 'c': return 12; |
3361 | case 'D': |
3362 | case 'd': return 13; |
3363 | case 'E': |
3364 | case 'e': return 14; |
3365 | case 'F': |
3366 | case 'f': return 15; |
3367 | } |
3368 | } |
3369 | |
3370 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3371 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3372 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3373 | else |
3374 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3375 | } |
3376 | |
3377 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3378 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3379 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3380 | return false; |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3384 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3385 | |
3386 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3387 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3388 | } |
3389 | }; |
3390 | |
3391 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3392 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3393 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3394 | // The type returned by the function. |
3395 | QualType ResultType; |
3396 | |
3397 | public: |
3398 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3399 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3400 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3401 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3402 | /// |
3403 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3404 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3405 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3406 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3407 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3408 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3409 | /// |
3410 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3411 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3412 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3413 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3414 | /// T (*)(U) |
3415 | /// against an argument of type |
3416 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3417 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3418 | /// not produce the latter. |
3419 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3420 | enum { |
3421 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3422 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3423 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3424 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3425 | }; |
3426 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3427 | |
3428 | public: |
3429 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3430 | |
3431 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3432 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3433 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3434 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3435 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3436 | return copy; |
3437 | } |
3438 | |
3439 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3440 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3441 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3442 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3443 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3444 | if (consumed) |
3445 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3446 | else |
3447 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3448 | return copy; |
3449 | } |
3450 | |
3451 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3454 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3455 | return Copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3459 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3460 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3461 | if (NoEscape) |
3462 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3463 | else |
3464 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3465 | return Copy; |
3466 | } |
3467 | |
3468 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3469 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3470 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3471 | result.Data = data; |
3472 | return result; |
3473 | } |
3474 | |
3475 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3476 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3480 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3481 | } |
3482 | }; |
3483 | |
3484 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3485 | /// making a call. |
3486 | /// |
3487 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3488 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3489 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3490 | /// |
3491 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3492 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3493 | // * Operator== |
3494 | // * getFoo |
3495 | // * withFoo |
3496 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3497 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3498 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3499 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3500 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3501 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3502 | // * AST read and write |
3503 | // * Codegen |
3504 | class ExtInfo { |
3505 | friend class FunctionType; |
3506 | |
3507 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3508 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3509 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3510 | |
3511 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3512 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3513 | // |
3514 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3515 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3516 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3517 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3518 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3519 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3520 | enum { |
3521 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3522 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3523 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3524 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3525 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3526 | |
3527 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3528 | |
3529 | public: |
3530 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3531 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3532 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3533 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3534 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3534, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3535 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3536 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3537 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3538 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3539 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3540 | } |
3541 | |
3542 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3543 | // function known to use defaults. |
3544 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3545 | |
3546 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3547 | // of the canonical type. |
3548 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3549 | |
3550 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3551 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3552 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3553 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3554 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3555 | |
3556 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3557 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3558 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3559 | --RegParm; |
3560 | return RegParm; |
3561 | } |
3562 | |
3563 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3564 | |
3565 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3566 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3567 | } |
3568 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3569 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3570 | } |
3571 | |
3572 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3573 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3574 | |
3575 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3576 | if (noReturn) |
3577 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3578 | else |
3579 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3583 | if (producesResult) |
3584 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3585 | else |
3586 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3587 | } |
3588 | |
3589 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3590 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3591 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3592 | else |
3593 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3594 | } |
3595 | |
3596 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3597 | if (noCfCheck) |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3599 | else |
3600 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3601 | } |
3602 | |
3603 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3604 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3605 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3606 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3607 | } |
3608 | |
3609 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3610 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3611 | } |
3612 | |
3613 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3614 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3615 | } |
3616 | }; |
3617 | |
3618 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3619 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3620 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3621 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3622 | |
3623 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3624 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3625 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3626 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3627 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3628 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3629 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3630 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3631 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3632 | }; |
3633 | |
3634 | protected: |
3635 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3636 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3637 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3638 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3639 | ExtInfo Info) |
3640 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3641 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3642 | ResultType(res) { |
3643 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3644 | } |
3645 | |
3646 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3647 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3648 | } |
3649 | |
3650 | public: |
3651 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3652 | |
3653 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3654 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3655 | |
3656 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3657 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3658 | /// type. |
3659 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3660 | |
3661 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3662 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3663 | |
3664 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3665 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3666 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3667 | |
3668 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3669 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3670 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3671 | |
3672 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3673 | /// this type. |
3674 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3675 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3676 | } |
3677 | |
3678 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3679 | |
3680 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3681 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3682 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3683 | } |
3684 | }; |
3685 | |
3686 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3687 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3688 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3689 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3690 | |
3691 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3692 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3693 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3694 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3695 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3696 | |
3697 | public: |
3698 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3699 | |
3700 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3701 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3702 | |
3703 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3704 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3705 | } |
3706 | |
3707 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3708 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3709 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3710 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3711 | } |
3712 | |
3713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3714 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3715 | } |
3716 | }; |
3717 | |
3718 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3719 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3720 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3721 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3722 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3723 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3724 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3725 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3726 | : public FunctionType, |
3727 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3728 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3729 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, |
3730 | FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *, |
3731 | FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3732 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3733 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3734 | |
3735 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3736 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3737 | // |
3738 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3739 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3740 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3741 | // |
3742 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3743 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3744 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3745 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3746 | // |
3747 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3748 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3749 | // * a single Expr *, |
3750 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3751 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3752 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3753 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3754 | // |
3755 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3756 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3757 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3758 | // |
3759 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3760 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3761 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3762 | // |
3763 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3764 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3765 | // of exception types. |
3766 | // |
3767 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3768 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3769 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3770 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3771 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3772 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3773 | |
3774 | public: |
3775 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3776 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3777 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3778 | /// exception specification. |
3779 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3780 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3781 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3782 | |
3783 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3784 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3785 | |
3786 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3787 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3788 | |
3789 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3790 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3791 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3792 | |
3793 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3794 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3795 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3796 | |
3797 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3798 | |
3799 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3800 | }; |
3801 | |
3802 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3803 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3804 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3805 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3806 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3807 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3808 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3809 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3810 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3811 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3812 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3813 | |
3814 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3815 | |
3816 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3817 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3818 | |
3819 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3820 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3821 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3822 | return Result; |
3823 | } |
3824 | }; |
3825 | |
3826 | private: |
3827 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3828 | return getNumParams(); |
3829 | } |
3830 | |
3831 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3832 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3833 | } |
3834 | |
3835 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3836 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3837 | } |
3838 | |
3839 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3840 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3841 | } |
3842 | |
3843 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3844 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3845 | } |
3846 | |
3847 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3848 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3849 | } |
3850 | |
3851 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3852 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3853 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3854 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3855 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3856 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3857 | return true; |
3858 | |
3859 | return false; |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3863 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3864 | |
3865 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3866 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3867 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3868 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3869 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3870 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3871 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | }; |
3873 | |
3874 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3875 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3876 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3877 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3878 | switch (EST) { |
3879 | case EST_None: |
3880 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3881 | case EST_MSAny: |
3882 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3883 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3884 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3885 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3886 | |
3887 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3888 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3889 | |
3890 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3891 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3892 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3893 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3894 | |
3895 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3896 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3897 | |
3898 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3899 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3900 | } |
3901 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3901); |
3902 | } |
3903 | |
3904 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3905 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3906 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3907 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3908 | } |
3909 | |
3910 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3911 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3912 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3913 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3914 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3915 | } |
3916 | |
3917 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3918 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3919 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3920 | } |
3921 | |
3922 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3923 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3924 | } |
3925 | |
3926 | public: |
3927 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3928 | |
3929 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3930 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3931 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3932 | } |
3933 | |
3934 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3935 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3936 | } |
3937 | |
3938 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3939 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3940 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3941 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3942 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3943 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
3944 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3945 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3946 | if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
3947 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
3948 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) { |
3949 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
3950 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
3951 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3952 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
3953 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
3954 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3955 | } |
3956 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3957 | return EPI; |
3958 | } |
3959 | |
3960 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3961 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3962 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3963 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3964 | } |
3965 | |
3966 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3967 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3968 | |
3969 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3970 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3971 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3972 | } |
3973 | |
3974 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3975 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3976 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3977 | } |
3978 | |
3979 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3980 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3981 | |
3982 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
3983 | /// spec. |
3984 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3985 | |
3986 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
3987 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
3988 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
3989 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
3990 | ->NumExceptionType |
3991 | : 0; |
3992 | } |
3993 | |
3994 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
3995 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
3996 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3996, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3997 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
3998 | } |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4001 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4002 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4003 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4004 | return nullptr; |
4005 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4006 | } |
4007 | |
4008 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4009 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4010 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4011 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4012 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4013 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4014 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4015 | return nullptr; |
4016 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4017 | } |
4018 | |
4019 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4020 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4021 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4022 | /// this type. |
4023 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4024 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4025 | return nullptr; |
4026 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4030 | /// specification. |
4031 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4032 | |
4033 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4034 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4035 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4036 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4037 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4038 | } |
4039 | |
4040 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4041 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4044 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4045 | /// |
4046 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4047 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4048 | /// function. |
4049 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4050 | |
4051 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4052 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4053 | |
4054 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4055 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4056 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4057 | else |
4058 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4059 | } |
4060 | |
4061 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4062 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4063 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4064 | } |
4065 | |
4066 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4067 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4068 | |
4069 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4070 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4071 | } |
4072 | |
4073 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4074 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4075 | } |
4076 | |
4077 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4078 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4079 | } |
4080 | |
4081 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4082 | |
4083 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4084 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4085 | } |
4086 | |
4087 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4088 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4089 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4093 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4094 | } |
4095 | |
4096 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4097 | /// of this function type? |
4098 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4099 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4100 | } |
4101 | |
4102 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4103 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4103, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4104 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4105 | getNumParams()); |
4106 | } |
4107 | |
4108 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4109 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4110 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4111 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4112 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4113 | return nullptr; |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4118 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4118, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4119 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4120 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4121 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4122 | } |
4123 | |
4124 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4125 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4126 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4127 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4128 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4132 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4132, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4133 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4134 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4135 | return false; |
4136 | } |
4137 | |
4138 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4140 | |
4141 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4142 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4143 | |
4144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4145 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4149 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4150 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4151 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4152 | bool Canonical); |
4153 | }; |
4154 | |
4155 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4156 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4157 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4158 | /// |
4159 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4160 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4161 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4162 | |
4163 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4164 | |
4165 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4166 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4167 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4168 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4169 | |
4170 | public: |
4171 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4172 | |
4173 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4174 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4175 | |
4176 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4177 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4178 | } |
4179 | |
4180 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4181 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4182 | } |
4183 | |
4184 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4185 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4186 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4187 | } |
4188 | }; |
4189 | |
4190 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4191 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4192 | |
4193 | protected: |
4194 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4195 | |
4196 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4197 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4198 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4199 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4200 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4201 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4202 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4203 | } |
4204 | |
4205 | public: |
4206 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4207 | |
4208 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4209 | QualType desugar() const; |
4210 | |
4211 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4212 | }; |
4213 | |
4214 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4215 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4216 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4217 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4218 | |
4219 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4220 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4221 | |
4222 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4223 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4224 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4225 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4226 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4227 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4228 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4229 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4230 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4231 | } |
4232 | |
4233 | public: |
4234 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4235 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4236 | |
4237 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4238 | /// it. |
4239 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4240 | |
4241 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4242 | QualType desugar() const; |
4243 | |
4244 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4245 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4246 | } |
4247 | }; |
4248 | |
4249 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4250 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4251 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4252 | |
4253 | protected: |
4254 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4255 | |
4256 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4257 | |
4258 | public: |
4259 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4260 | |
4261 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4262 | QualType desugar() const; |
4263 | |
4264 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4265 | bool isSugared() const; |
4266 | |
4267 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4268 | }; |
4269 | |
4270 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4271 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4272 | /// |
4273 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4274 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4275 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4276 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4277 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4278 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4279 | |
4280 | public: |
4281 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4282 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4283 | |
4284 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4285 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4289 | Expr *E); |
4290 | }; |
4291 | |
4292 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4293 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | QualType TOType; |
4297 | |
4298 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4299 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4300 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4301 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4302 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4303 | TOType(T) { |
4304 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4304, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4305 | } |
4306 | |
4307 | public: |
4308 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4311 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4312 | |
4313 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4314 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4315 | |
4316 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4317 | }; |
4318 | |
4319 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4320 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4321 | Expr *E; |
4322 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4323 | |
4324 | protected: |
4325 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4326 | |
4327 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4328 | |
4329 | public: |
4330 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4331 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4332 | |
4333 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4334 | QualType desugar() const; |
4335 | |
4336 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4337 | bool isSugared() const; |
4338 | |
4339 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4340 | }; |
4341 | |
4342 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4343 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4344 | /// |
4345 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4346 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4347 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4348 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4349 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4350 | |
4351 | public: |
4352 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4353 | |
4354 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4355 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4356 | } |
4357 | |
4358 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4359 | Expr *E); |
4360 | }; |
4361 | |
4362 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4363 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4364 | public: |
4365 | enum UTTKind { |
4366 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4367 | }; |
4368 | |
4369 | private: |
4370 | /// The untransformed type. |
4371 | QualType BaseType; |
4372 | |
4373 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4374 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4375 | |
4376 | UTTKind UKind; |
4377 | |
4378 | protected: |
4379 | friend class ASTContext; |
4380 | |
4381 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4382 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4383 | |
4384 | public: |
4385 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4386 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4387 | |
4388 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4389 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4390 | |
4391 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4392 | |
4393 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4394 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4395 | } |
4396 | }; |
4397 | |
4398 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4399 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4400 | /// |
4401 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4402 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4403 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4404 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4405 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4406 | public: |
4407 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4408 | UTTKind UKind); |
4409 | |
4410 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4411 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4412 | } |
4413 | |
4414 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4415 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4416 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4417 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4418 | } |
4419 | }; |
4420 | |
4421 | class TagType : public Type { |
4422 | friend class ASTReader; |
4423 | |
4424 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4425 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4426 | TagDecl *decl; |
4427 | |
4428 | protected: |
4429 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4430 | |
4431 | public: |
4432 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4433 | |
4434 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4435 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4436 | |
4437 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4438 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4439 | } |
4440 | }; |
4441 | |
4442 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4443 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4444 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4445 | protected: |
4446 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4447 | |
4448 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4449 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4450 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4451 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4452 | |
4453 | public: |
4454 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4455 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4456 | } |
4457 | |
4458 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4459 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4460 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4461 | |
4462 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4463 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4464 | |
4465 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4466 | }; |
4467 | |
4468 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4469 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4470 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4471 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4472 | |
4473 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4474 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4475 | |
4476 | public: |
4477 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4478 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4479 | } |
4480 | |
4481 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4482 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4483 | |
4484 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4485 | }; |
4486 | |
4487 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4488 | /// |
4489 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4490 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4491 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4492 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4493 | /// |
4494 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4495 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4496 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4497 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4498 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4499 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4500 | public: |
4501 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4502 | |
4503 | private: |
4504 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4505 | |
4506 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4507 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4508 | |
4509 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4510 | QualType equivalent) |
4511 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4512 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4513 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4514 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4515 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4516 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4517 | } |
4518 | |
4519 | public: |
4520 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4521 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4522 | } |
4523 | |
4524 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4525 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4526 | |
4527 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4528 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4529 | |
4530 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4531 | /// |
4532 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4533 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4534 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4535 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4536 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4537 | /// |
4538 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4539 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4540 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4541 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4542 | /// |
4543 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4544 | /// type. |
4545 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4546 | |
4547 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4548 | |
4549 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4550 | |
4551 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4552 | |
4553 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4554 | /// nullability kind. |
4555 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4556 | switch (kind) { |
4557 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4558 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4559 | |
4560 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4561 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4562 | |
4563 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4564 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4565 | } |
4566 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4566); |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4570 | /// type, if it's there. |
4571 | /// |
4572 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4573 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4574 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4575 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4576 | /// |
4577 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4578 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4579 | |
4580 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4581 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4582 | } |
4583 | |
4584 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4585 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4586 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4587 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4588 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4589 | } |
4590 | |
4591 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4592 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4593 | } |
4594 | }; |
4595 | |
4596 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4597 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4598 | |
4599 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4600 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4601 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4602 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4603 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4604 | }; |
4605 | |
4606 | union { |
4607 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4608 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4609 | |
4610 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4611 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4612 | }; |
4613 | |
4614 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4615 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4616 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4617 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4618 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4619 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4620 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4621 | |
4622 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4623 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4624 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4625 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4626 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4627 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4628 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4629 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4630 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4631 | } |
4632 | |
4633 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4634 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4635 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4636 | } |
4637 | |
4638 | public: |
4639 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4640 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4641 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4642 | |
4643 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4644 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4645 | } |
4646 | |
4647 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4648 | |
4649 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4650 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4651 | |
4652 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4653 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4654 | } |
4655 | |
4656 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4657 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4658 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4659 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4660 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4661 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4662 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4663 | } |
4664 | |
4665 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4666 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4667 | } |
4668 | }; |
4669 | |
4670 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4671 | /// type parameter. |
4672 | /// |
4673 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4674 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4675 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4676 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4677 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4678 | friend class ASTContext; |
4679 | |
4680 | // The original type parameter. |
4681 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4682 | |
4683 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4684 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4685 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4686 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4687 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4688 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4689 | |
4690 | public: |
4691 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4692 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4693 | return Replaced; |
4694 | } |
4695 | |
4696 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4697 | /// parameter. |
4698 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4699 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4700 | } |
4701 | |
4702 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4703 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4704 | |
4705 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4706 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4707 | } |
4708 | |
4709 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4710 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4711 | QualType Replacement) { |
4712 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4713 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4714 | } |
4715 | |
4716 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4717 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4718 | } |
4719 | }; |
4720 | |
4721 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4722 | /// type parameter pack. |
4723 | /// |
4724 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4725 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4726 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4727 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4728 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4729 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4730 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4731 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4732 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4733 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4734 | friend class ASTContext; |
4735 | |
4736 | /// The original type parameter. |
4737 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4738 | |
4739 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4740 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4741 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4742 | |
4743 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4744 | QualType Canon, |
4745 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4746 | |
4747 | public: |
4748 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4749 | |
4750 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4752 | return Replaced; |
4753 | } |
4754 | |
4755 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4756 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4757 | } |
4758 | |
4759 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4760 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4761 | |
4762 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4763 | |
4764 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4765 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4766 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4767 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4768 | |
4769 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4770 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4771 | } |
4772 | }; |
4773 | |
4774 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4775 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4776 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4777 | /// Concepts TS. |
4778 | /// |
4779 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4780 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4781 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4782 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4783 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4784 | protected: |
4785 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4786 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4787 | : Type(TC, |
4788 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4789 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4790 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4791 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4792 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4793 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4794 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4795 | setDependent(); |
4796 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4797 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4798 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4799 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4800 | } |
4801 | } |
4802 | |
4803 | public: |
4804 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4805 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4806 | |
4807 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4808 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4809 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4810 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4811 | } |
4812 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4813 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4817 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4818 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4819 | } |
4820 | }; |
4821 | |
4822 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4823 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4825 | |
4826 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4827 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4828 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4829 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4830 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4831 | } |
4832 | |
4833 | public: |
4834 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4835 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4836 | } |
4837 | |
4838 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4839 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4840 | } |
4841 | |
4842 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4843 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4844 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4845 | } |
4846 | |
4847 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4848 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4849 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4850 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4851 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4852 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4853 | } |
4854 | |
4855 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4856 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4857 | } |
4858 | }; |
4859 | |
4860 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4861 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4862 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4863 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4864 | |
4865 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4866 | TemplateName Template; |
4867 | |
4868 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4869 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4870 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4871 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4872 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4873 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4874 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4875 | Template(Template) {} |
4876 | |
4877 | public: |
4878 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4879 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4880 | |
4881 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4882 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4883 | } |
4884 | |
4885 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4886 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4887 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4888 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4889 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4890 | } |
4891 | |
4892 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4893 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4894 | } |
4895 | }; |
4896 | |
4897 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4898 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4899 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4900 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4901 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4902 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4903 | /// |
4904 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4905 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4906 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4907 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4908 | /// |
4909 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4910 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4911 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4912 | /// |
4913 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4914 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4915 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4916 | /// template. |
4917 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4918 | : public Type, |
4919 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4921 | |
4922 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4923 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4924 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4925 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4926 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4927 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4928 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4929 | TemplateName Template; |
4930 | |
4931 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4932 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4933 | QualType Canon, |
4934 | QualType Aliased); |
4935 | |
4936 | public: |
4937 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4938 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4939 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4940 | |
4941 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4942 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4943 | |
4944 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4945 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4946 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4947 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4948 | } |
4949 | |
4950 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4951 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4952 | /// |
4953 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4954 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4955 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4956 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4957 | /// |
4958 | /// \code |
4959 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
4960 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
4961 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
4962 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
4963 | /// }; |
4964 | /// \endcode |
4965 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
4966 | |
4967 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
4968 | /// template. |
4969 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
4970 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4970, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4971 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
4972 | } |
4973 | |
4974 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
4975 | |
4976 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
4977 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
4978 | |
4979 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
4980 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
4981 | |
4982 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
4983 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
4984 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
4985 | } |
4986 | |
4987 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
4988 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4989 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4990 | } |
4991 | |
4992 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
4993 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
4994 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
4995 | |
4996 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
4997 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
4998 | } |
4999 | |
5000 | bool isSugared() const { |
5001 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5002 | } |
5003 | |
5004 | QualType desugar() const { |
5005 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5006 | } |
5007 | |
5008 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5009 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5010 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5011 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5012 | } |
5013 | |
5014 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5015 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5016 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5017 | |
5018 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5019 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5020 | } |
5021 | }; |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5024 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5025 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5026 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5027 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5028 | |
5029 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5030 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5031 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5032 | |
5033 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5034 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5035 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5036 | |
5037 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5038 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5039 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5040 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5041 | /// |
5042 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5043 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5044 | /// |
5045 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5046 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5047 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5048 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5049 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5050 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5051 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5052 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5053 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5054 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5055 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5056 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5057 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5058 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5059 | // interdependencies. |
5060 | |
5061 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5062 | |
5063 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5064 | /// For example, in |
5065 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5066 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5067 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5068 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5069 | /// |
5070 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5071 | /// and always dependent. |
5072 | QualType InjectedType; |
5073 | |
5074 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5075 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5076 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5077 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5078 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5079 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5080 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5080, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5081 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5081, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5082 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5082, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5083 | } |
5084 | |
5085 | public: |
5086 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5087 | |
5088 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5089 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5090 | } |
5091 | |
5092 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5093 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5094 | } |
5095 | |
5096 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5097 | |
5098 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5099 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5100 | |
5101 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5102 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5103 | } |
5104 | }; |
5105 | |
5106 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5107 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5108 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5109 | TTK_Struct, |
5110 | |
5111 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5112 | TTK_Interface, |
5113 | |
5114 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5115 | TTK_Union, |
5116 | |
5117 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5118 | TTK_Class, |
5119 | |
5120 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5121 | TTK_Enum |
5122 | }; |
5123 | |
5124 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5125 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5126 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5127 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5128 | ETK_Struct, |
5129 | |
5130 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5131 | ETK_Interface, |
5132 | |
5133 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5134 | ETK_Union, |
5135 | |
5136 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5137 | ETK_Class, |
5138 | |
5139 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5140 | ETK_Enum, |
5141 | |
5142 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5143 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5144 | ETK_Typename, |
5145 | |
5146 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5147 | ETK_None |
5148 | }; |
5149 | |
5150 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5151 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5152 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5153 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5154 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5155 | protected: |
5156 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5157 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5158 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5159 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5160 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5161 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5162 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5163 | } |
5164 | |
5165 | public: |
5166 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5167 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5168 | } |
5169 | |
5170 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5171 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5172 | |
5173 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5174 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5175 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5176 | |
5177 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5178 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5179 | |
5180 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5181 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5182 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5183 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5184 | |
5185 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5186 | |
5187 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5188 | |
5189 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5190 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5191 | } |
5192 | |
5193 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5194 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5195 | }; |
5196 | |
5197 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5198 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5199 | /// or both. |
5200 | /// |
5201 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5202 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5203 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5204 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5205 | class ElaboratedType final |
5206 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5207 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5208 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5209 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5210 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5211 | |
5212 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5213 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5214 | |
5215 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5216 | QualType NamedType; |
5217 | |
5218 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5219 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5220 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5221 | |
5222 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5223 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5224 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5225 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5226 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5227 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5228 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5229 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5230 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5231 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5232 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5233 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5234 | } |
5235 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5236 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5237 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5238 | } |
5239 | |
5240 | public: |
5241 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5242 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5243 | |
5244 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5245 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5246 | |
5247 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5248 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5249 | |
5250 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5251 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5252 | |
5253 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5254 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5255 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5256 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5257 | : nullptr; |
5258 | } |
5259 | |
5260 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5261 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5262 | } |
5263 | |
5264 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5265 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5266 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5267 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5268 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5269 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5270 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5271 | } |
5272 | |
5273 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5274 | }; |
5275 | |
5276 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5277 | /// dependent. |
5278 | /// |
5279 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5280 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5281 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5282 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5283 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5284 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5285 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5286 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5287 | /// instantiation. |
5288 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5289 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5290 | |
5291 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5292 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5293 | |
5294 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5295 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5296 | |
5297 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5298 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5299 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5300 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5301 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5302 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5303 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5304 | |
5305 | public: |
5306 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5308 | |
5309 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5310 | /// |
5311 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5312 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5313 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5314 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5315 | return Name; |
5316 | } |
5317 | |
5318 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5319 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5320 | |
5321 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5322 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5323 | } |
5324 | |
5325 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5326 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5327 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5328 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5329 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5330 | } |
5331 | |
5332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5333 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5334 | } |
5335 | }; |
5336 | |
5337 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5338 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5339 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5340 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5341 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5342 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5343 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5344 | |
5345 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5346 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5347 | |
5348 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5349 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5350 | |
5351 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5352 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5353 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5354 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5355 | QualType Canon); |
5356 | |
5357 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5358 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5362 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5363 | } |
5364 | |
5365 | public: |
5366 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5367 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5368 | |
5369 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5370 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5371 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5375 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5376 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5377 | } |
5378 | |
5379 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5380 | |
5381 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5382 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5383 | } |
5384 | |
5385 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5386 | |
5387 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5388 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5389 | |
5390 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5391 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5392 | |
5393 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5394 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5395 | } |
5396 | |
5397 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5398 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5399 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5400 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5401 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5402 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5403 | |
5404 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5405 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5406 | } |
5407 | }; |
5408 | |
5409 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5412 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5413 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5414 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5415 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5416 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5417 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5418 | /// parameter packs. |
5419 | /// |
5420 | /// \code |
5421 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5422 | /// |
5423 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5424 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5425 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5426 | /// }; |
5427 | /// \endcode |
5428 | /// |
5429 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5430 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5431 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5432 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5433 | |
5434 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5435 | QualType Pattern; |
5436 | |
5437 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5438 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5439 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5440 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5441 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5442 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5443 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5444 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5445 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5446 | } |
5447 | |
5448 | public: |
5449 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5450 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5451 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5452 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5453 | |
5454 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5455 | /// generate, if known. |
5456 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5457 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5458 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5459 | return None; |
5460 | } |
5461 | |
5462 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5463 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5464 | |
5465 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5466 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5467 | } |
5468 | |
5469 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5470 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5471 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5472 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5473 | if (NumExpansions) |
5474 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5475 | } |
5476 | |
5477 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5478 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5479 | } |
5480 | }; |
5481 | |
5482 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5483 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5484 | template <class T> |
5485 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5486 | protected: |
5487 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5488 | |
5489 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5490 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5491 | } |
5492 | |
5493 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5494 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5495 | } |
5496 | |
5497 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5498 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5499 | } |
5500 | |
5501 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5502 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5503 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5504 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5505 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5506 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5507 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5508 | } |
5509 | |
5510 | public: |
5511 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5512 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5513 | |
5514 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5515 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5516 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5517 | |
5518 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5519 | |
5520 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5521 | /// there are none. |
5522 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5523 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5524 | } |
5525 | |
5526 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5527 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5528 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5528, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5529 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5533 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5534 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5535 | } |
5536 | }; |
5537 | |
5538 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5539 | /// a list of protocols. |
5540 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5541 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5542 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5543 | friend class ASTContext; |
5544 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5545 | |
5546 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5547 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5548 | |
5549 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5550 | |
5551 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5552 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5553 | /// and uniqued. |
5554 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5555 | |
5556 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5557 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5558 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5559 | return NumProtocols; |
5560 | } |
5561 | |
5562 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5563 | NumProtocols = N; |
5564 | } |
5565 | |
5566 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5567 | QualType can, |
5568 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5569 | |
5570 | public: |
5571 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5572 | QualType desugar() const; |
5573 | |
5574 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5575 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5576 | } |
5577 | |
5578 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5579 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5580 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5581 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5582 | |
5583 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5584 | }; |
5585 | |
5586 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5587 | /// |
5588 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5589 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5590 | /// protocols. |
5591 | /// |
5592 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5593 | /// \code |
5594 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5595 | /// \@protocol P; |
5596 | /// \endcode |
5597 | /// |
5598 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5599 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5600 | /// |
5601 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5602 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5603 | /// protocol list. |
5604 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5605 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5606 | /// |
5607 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5608 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5609 | /// and no protocols. |
5610 | /// |
5611 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5612 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5613 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5614 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5615 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5616 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5617 | |
5618 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5619 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5620 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5621 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5622 | // |
5623 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5624 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5625 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5626 | // |
5627 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5628 | // and uniqued. |
5629 | |
5630 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5631 | QualType BaseType; |
5632 | |
5633 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5634 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5635 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5636 | |
5637 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5638 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5639 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5640 | } |
5641 | |
5642 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5643 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5644 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5645 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5646 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5647 | } |
5648 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5649 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5650 | } |
5651 | |
5652 | protected: |
5653 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5654 | |
5655 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5656 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5657 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5658 | bool isKindOf); |
5659 | |
5660 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5661 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5662 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5663 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5664 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5665 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5666 | } |
5667 | |
5668 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5669 | |
5670 | public: |
5671 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5672 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5673 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5674 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5675 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5676 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5677 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5678 | |
5679 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5680 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5681 | } |
5682 | |
5683 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5684 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5685 | } |
5686 | |
5687 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5688 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5689 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5690 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5691 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5692 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5693 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5694 | return false; |
5695 | } |
5696 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5697 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5698 | |
5699 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5700 | /// really is an interface. |
5701 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5702 | |
5703 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5704 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5705 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5706 | |
5707 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5708 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5709 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5710 | } |
5711 | |
5712 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5713 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5714 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5715 | |
5716 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5717 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5718 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5719 | |
5720 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5721 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5722 | |
5723 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5724 | /// written. |
5725 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5726 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5727 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5731 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5732 | |
5733 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5734 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5735 | |
5736 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5737 | /// |
5738 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5739 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5740 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5741 | /// there is no superclass. |
5742 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5743 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5744 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5745 | |
5746 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5747 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5748 | } |
5749 | |
5750 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5751 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5752 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5753 | |
5754 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5755 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5756 | |
5757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5758 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5759 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5760 | } |
5761 | }; |
5762 | |
5763 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5764 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5765 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5766 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5767 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5768 | friend class ASTContext; |
5769 | |
5770 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5771 | // will need to be modified. |
5772 | |
5773 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5774 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5775 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5776 | bool isKindOf) |
5777 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5778 | |
5779 | public: |
5780 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5781 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5782 | QualType Base, |
5783 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5784 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5785 | bool isKindOf); |
5786 | }; |
5787 | |
5788 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5789 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5793 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5794 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5795 | } |
5796 | |
5797 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5798 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5799 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5800 | } |
5801 | |
5802 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5803 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5804 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5805 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5806 | /// |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5808 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5809 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5810 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5811 | /// fail to compile. |
5812 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5813 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5814 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5815 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5816 | friend class ASTReader; |
5817 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5818 | |
5819 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5820 | |
5821 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5822 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5823 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5824 | |
5825 | public: |
5826 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5827 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5828 | |
5829 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5830 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5831 | |
5832 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5833 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5834 | } |
5835 | |
5836 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5837 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5838 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5839 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5840 | enum { |
5841 | qual_iterator, |
5842 | qual_begin, |
5843 | qual_end, |
5844 | getNumProtocols, |
5845 | getProtocol |
5846 | }; |
5847 | }; |
5848 | |
5849 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5850 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5851 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5852 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5853 | return T->getDecl(); |
5854 | |
5855 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5856 | } |
5857 | |
5858 | return nullptr; |
5859 | } |
5860 | |
5861 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5862 | /// |
5863 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5864 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5865 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5866 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5867 | /// |
5868 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5869 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5870 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5871 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5872 | |
5873 | QualType PointeeType; |
5874 | |
5875 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5876 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5877 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5878 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5879 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5880 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5881 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5882 | |
5883 | public: |
5884 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5885 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5886 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5887 | |
5888 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5889 | /// |
5890 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5891 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5892 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5893 | /// \code |
5894 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5895 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5896 | /// typedef A A1; |
5897 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5898 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5899 | /// \endcode |
5900 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5901 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5902 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5903 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5904 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5905 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5906 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5907 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5908 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5909 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5910 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5911 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5912 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5913 | } |
5914 | |
5915 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5916 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5917 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5918 | /// |
5919 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5920 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5921 | |
5922 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5923 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5924 | /// |
5925 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5926 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5927 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5928 | } |
5929 | |
5930 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5931 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5932 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5933 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5934 | } |
5935 | |
5936 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5937 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5938 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5939 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5940 | } |
5941 | |
5942 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5943 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5944 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5945 | } |
5946 | |
5947 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5948 | /// protocols. |
5949 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5950 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5951 | } |
5952 | |
5953 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5954 | /// protocols. |
5955 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5956 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
5957 | } |
5958 | |
5959 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
5960 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
5961 | |
5962 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5963 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
5964 | |
5965 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5966 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5967 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
5968 | } |
5969 | |
5970 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
5971 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5974 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5975 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5976 | |
5977 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5978 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
5979 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
5980 | } |
5981 | |
5982 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5983 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5984 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
5985 | } |
5986 | |
5987 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
5988 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
5989 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
5990 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
5991 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5992 | |
5993 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5994 | |
5995 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
5996 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
5997 | } |
5998 | |
5999 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6000 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6001 | } |
6002 | |
6003 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6006 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6007 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6008 | } |
6009 | |
6010 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6011 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6012 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6013 | } |
6014 | |
6015 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6016 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6017 | |
6018 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6019 | /// |
6020 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6021 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6022 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6023 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6024 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6025 | |
6026 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6027 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6028 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6029 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6030 | |
6031 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6032 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6033 | } |
6034 | |
6035 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6036 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6037 | } |
6038 | |
6039 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6040 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6041 | } |
6042 | }; |
6043 | |
6044 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6045 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6046 | |
6047 | QualType ValueType; |
6048 | |
6049 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6050 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6051 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6052 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6053 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6054 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6055 | |
6056 | public: |
6057 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6058 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6059 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6060 | |
6061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6063 | |
6064 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6065 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6066 | } |
6067 | |
6068 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6069 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6070 | } |
6071 | |
6072 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6073 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6074 | } |
6075 | }; |
6076 | |
6077 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6078 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6079 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6080 | |
6081 | QualType ElementType; |
6082 | bool isRead; |
6083 | |
6084 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6085 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6086 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6087 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6088 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6089 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6090 | |
6091 | public: |
6092 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6093 | |
6094 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6095 | |
6096 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6097 | |
6098 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6099 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6100 | } |
6101 | |
6102 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6103 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6104 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6105 | } |
6106 | |
6107 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6108 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6112 | }; |
6113 | |
6114 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6115 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6116 | public: |
6117 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6118 | |
6119 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6120 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6121 | /// with those already in the type. |
6122 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6123 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6124 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6125 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6126 | |
6127 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6128 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6129 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6130 | } |
6131 | |
6132 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6133 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6134 | |
6135 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6136 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6137 | }; |
6138 | |
6139 | // Inline function definitions. |
6140 | |
6141 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6142 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6143 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6144 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6145 | return desugar; |
6146 | } |
6147 | |
6148 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6149 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6150 | } |
6151 | |
6152 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6153 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6154 | } |
6155 | |
6156 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6157 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6158 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6159 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6160 | |
6161 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6162 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6163 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6164 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6165 | } |
6166 | |
6167 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6168 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6169 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6170 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6171 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6172 | return Quals; |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6176 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6177 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6178 | return quals; |
6179 | } |
6180 | |
6181 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6182 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6183 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6184 | return cvr; |
6185 | } |
6186 | |
6187 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6188 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6189 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6190 | } |
6191 | |
6192 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6193 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6194 | } |
6195 | |
6196 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6197 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6198 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6199 | |
6200 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6201 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6202 | return false; |
6203 | |
6204 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6205 | } |
6206 | |
6207 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6208 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6209 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6210 | } |
6211 | |
6212 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6213 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6214 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6215 | } |
6216 | |
6217 | |
6218 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6219 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6220 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6224 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6225 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6226 | } |
6227 | |
6228 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6229 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6230 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6231 | |
6232 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6233 | } |
6234 | |
6235 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6236 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6237 | return split(); |
6238 | |
6239 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6240 | } |
6241 | |
6242 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6243 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6244 | } |
6245 | |
6246 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6247 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6248 | } |
6249 | |
6250 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6251 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6252 | } |
6253 | |
6254 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6255 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6256 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6257 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6258 | |
6259 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6260 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6261 | } |
6262 | |
6263 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6264 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6265 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6266 | } |
6267 | |
6268 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6269 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6270 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6271 | } |
6272 | |
6273 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6274 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6275 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6276 | return false; |
6277 | } |
6278 | |
6279 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6280 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6281 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6282 | return false; |
6283 | } |
6284 | |
6285 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6286 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6287 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6288 | return false; |
6289 | } |
6290 | |
6291 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6292 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6293 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6294 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6295 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6296 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6297 | |
6298 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6299 | } |
6300 | |
6301 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6302 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6306 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6307 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6308 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6309 | /// int". |
6310 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6311 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6312 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6313 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6317 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6318 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6319 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6320 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6321 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6322 | |
6323 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6324 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6325 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6326 | |
6327 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6328 | } |
6329 | |
6330 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6331 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6332 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6333 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6334 | /// |
6335 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6336 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6337 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6338 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6339 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6340 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6341 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6342 | else |
6343 | return *this; |
6344 | } |
6345 | |
6346 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6347 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6348 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6349 | } |
6350 | |
6351 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6352 | /// |
6353 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6354 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6355 | return isVoidType() || |
6356 | isNullPtrType() || |
6357 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6358 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6359 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6360 | } |
6361 | |
6362 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6363 | /// |
6364 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6365 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6366 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6367 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6368 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6369 | return isArrayType() || |
6370 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6371 | isFunctionType() || |
6372 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6373 | isPointerType() || |
6374 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6375 | isReferenceType() || |
6376 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6377 | isRecordType() || |
6378 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6379 | // types at different times; |
6380 | isUnionType() || |
6381 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6382 | isEnumeralType() || |
6383 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6384 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6385 | } |
6386 | |
6387 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6388 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6392 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6393 | } |
6394 | |
6395 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6396 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6397 | } |
6398 | |
6399 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6400 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6401 | } |
6402 | |
6403 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6404 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6408 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6409 | } |
6410 | |
6411 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6412 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6416 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6417 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6418 | else |
6419 | return false; |
6420 | } |
6421 | |
6422 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6423 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6424 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6425 | else |
6426 | return false; |
6427 | } |
6428 | |
6429 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6430 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6431 | } |
6432 | |
6433 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6434 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6435 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6436 | else |
6437 | return false; |
6438 | } |
6439 | |
6440 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6441 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6442 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6443 | else |
6444 | return false; |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6448 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6449 | } |
6450 | |
6451 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6452 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6453 | } |
6454 | |
6455 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6456 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6457 | } |
6458 | |
6459 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6460 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6461 | } |
6462 | |
6463 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6464 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6465 | } |
6466 | |
6467 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6468 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6469 | } |
6470 | |
6471 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6472 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6473 | } |
6474 | |
6475 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6476 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6477 | } |
6478 | |
6479 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6480 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6484 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6485 | } |
6486 | |
6487 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6488 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6489 | } |
6490 | |
6491 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6492 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6493 | } |
6494 | |
6495 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6496 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6500 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6501 | } |
6502 | |
6503 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6504 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6505 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6506 | } |
6507 | |
6508 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6509 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6510 | } |
6511 | |
6512 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6513 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6514 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6515 | return false; |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6520 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6521 | return false; |
6522 | } |
6523 | |
6524 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6525 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6526 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6527 | return false; |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6531 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6532 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6533 | return false; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6537 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6538 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6539 | return false; |
6540 | } |
6541 | |
6542 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6543 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6544 | } |
6545 | |
6546 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6547 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6548 | } |
6549 | |
6550 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6551 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6552 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6553 | } |
6554 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6557 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6561 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6565 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6569 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6573 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6577 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6578 | return |
6579 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6580 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6581 | } |
6582 | |
6583 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6584 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6585 | } |
6586 | |
6587 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6588 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6589 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6590 | } |
6591 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6594 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6595 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6596 | return |
6597 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6598 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6602 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6603 | return |
6604 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6605 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6606 | } |
6607 | |
6608 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6609 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6610 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6614 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6615 | } |
6616 | |
6617 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6618 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6619 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6620 | return true; |
6621 | return false; |
6622 | } |
6623 | |
6624 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6625 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6626 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6627 | return false; |
6628 | } |
6629 | |
6630 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6631 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6632 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6633 | return BT; |
6634 | return nullptr; |
6635 | } |
6636 | |
6637 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6638 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6639 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6640 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6641 | return false; |
6642 | } |
6643 | |
6644 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6645 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6646 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6647 | return false; |
6648 | } |
6649 | |
6650 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6651 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6652 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6653 | return false; |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6657 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6658 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6659 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6660 | return false; |
6661 | } |
6662 | |
6663 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6664 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6665 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6666 | return false; |
6667 | } |
6668 | |
6669 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6670 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6671 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6672 | return false; |
6673 | } |
6674 | |
6675 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6676 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6677 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6678 | return false; |
6679 | } |
6680 | |
6681 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6682 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6683 | |
6684 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6685 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6686 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6687 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6688 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6689 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6690 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6691 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6692 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6693 | } |
6694 | return false; |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6698 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6699 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6700 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6701 | } |
6702 | return false; |
6703 | } |
6704 | |
6705 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6706 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6707 | } |
6708 | |
6709 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6710 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6711 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6712 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6713 | } |
6714 | return false; |
6715 | } |
6716 | |
6717 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6718 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6719 | } |
6720 | |
6721 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6722 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6723 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6724 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6725 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6726 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6727 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6728 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6729 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6730 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6731 | } |
6732 | return false; |
6733 | } |
6734 | |
6735 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6736 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6742 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6743 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6744 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6745 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6746 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6747 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6748 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6749 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6750 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6751 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6755 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6756 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6757 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6758 | |
6759 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6760 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6761 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6762 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6763 | |
6764 | return false; |
6765 | } |
6766 | |
6767 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6768 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6769 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6770 | return false; |
6771 | } |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6774 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6775 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6776 | } |
6777 | |
6778 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6779 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6780 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6781 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6782 | } |
6783 | |
6784 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6785 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6786 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6787 | } |
6788 | |
6789 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6790 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6791 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6795 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6799 | const Type *type = this; |
6800 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6801 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6802 | return type; |
6803 | } |
6804 | |
6805 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6806 | const Type *type = this; |
6807 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6808 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6809 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6810 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6811 | return type; |
6812 | } |
6813 | |
6814 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6815 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6816 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6817 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6818 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6819 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6820 | return DB; |
6821 | } |
6822 | |
6823 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6824 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6825 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6826 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6827 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6828 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6829 | return PD; |
6830 | } |
6831 | |
6832 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6833 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6834 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6835 | QualType T) { |
6836 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6837 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6838 | return DB; |
6839 | } |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6842 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6843 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6844 | QualType T) { |
6845 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6846 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6847 | return PD; |
6848 | } |
6849 | |
6850 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6851 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6852 | template <typename T> |
6853 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6854 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6855 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6856 | |
6857 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6858 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6859 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6860 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6861 | |
6862 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6863 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6864 | return Ty; |
6865 | |
6866 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6867 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6868 | return nullptr; |
6869 | |
6870 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6871 | // losing all typedef information. |
6872 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6876 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6877 | |
6878 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6879 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6880 | return Ty; |
6881 | |
6882 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6883 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6884 | return nullptr; |
6885 | |
6886 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6887 | // type. |
6888 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6889 | while (Ty) { |
6890 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6891 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6892 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6893 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6894 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
6895 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6896 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
6897 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
6899 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6900 | else |
6901 | break; |
6902 | } |
6903 | |
6904 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
6905 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
6906 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
6907 | } |
6908 | |
6909 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6910 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
6911 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
6912 | return arr; |
6913 | |
6914 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6915 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
6916 | return nullptr; |
6917 | |
6918 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6919 | // losing all typedef information. |
6920 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
6924 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6925 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
6926 | |
6927 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
6928 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6928, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6929 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6930 | } |
6931 | |
6932 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6933 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6933, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6934 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
6935 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
6939 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
6940 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
6941 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
6942 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
6943 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
6944 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6944, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6945 | #endif |
6946 | } |
6947 | |
6948 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
6949 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
6950 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
6951 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
6952 | } |
6953 | |
6954 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
6955 | // as a scaled integer. |
6956 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
6957 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
6958 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
6959 | unsigned Scale); |
6960 | |
6961 | } // namespace clang |
6962 | |
6963 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |